Naval Education and Training Command

NAVEDTRA 43355-F September 2008

PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION STANDARD
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON)
NAME (Rate/Rank)______________________________
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT B: Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies only due to administrative/operational use on 1 September 2008. Other requests for this document must be referred to the Commanding Officer, Center for Information Dominance, N325, 640 Roberts Ave, Pensacola, Florida 32511. DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any means that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
Unclassified technical documents bearing this distribution statement will be given the same physical protection prescribed in DoD Web Site Administration Policies and Procedures for "For Official Use Only" material.

1 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

Although the words “he”, “him,” and “his” are used sparingly in this manual to enhance communication, they are not intended to be gender driven nor to affront or discriminate against anyone reading this material.

2 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 SUMMARY OF CHANGES----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------13 WATCHSTATION REQUALIFICATIONS----------------------------------------------------------------------17 ACRONYMS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------19 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS-------------------------------------------------------------21 Safety Precautions-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------23 Security -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------27 Power Distribution------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------31 Publications--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------33 Logs and Files ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------35 Media ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------37 Message Text Format/Handling ------------------------------------------------------------------------39 Minimize ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------43 Broadcast ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------45 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 ----------------------47 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) ----------------------53 Antenna and Radio Wave Propagation---------------------------------------------------------------59 Voice Operations -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------63 Basic Circuits------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------65 Common Circuits -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------67 Distress Circuits --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------69 Portable Communications Equipment ----------------------------------------------------------------71 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) --------------------------73 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) (AN/USC - 38)--------------------------------------------------75 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM)-------------------------77 Emissions Control (EMCON)----------------------------------------------------------------------------79 Operations Orders (OPORD) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------81 Hardware and Software ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------83 Networking ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------85 Defense Messaging System (DMS) -------------------------------------------------------------------89 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)--------------------------------------------95 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS) --------------97 Collaboration At Sea (CAS) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101 Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M)-------------------------------- 103 Network Operations Center (NOC) ------------------------------------------------------------------ 107 Communications Watch Officer (CWO) ------------------------------------------------------------ 109

3 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307

INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS--------------------------------------------------------------------- 111 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 -------------------- 113 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) -------------------- 119 SA-2112(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) (Red)-------------------------------------------- 123 SA-2112A(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) (Black)---------------------------------------- 127 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) ------------------------------------------------------ 131 AN/USQ-155 (V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) ------------------------------------------------ 135 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M) ---------------------------- 139 Fleet Multi-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N)------------------------------- 143 High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Ship/Shore/Ship (Type D/G) ----------------- 147 Battle Force Email (BFEM) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151 High Frequency (HF) Non-secure Voice (Type Y) ----------------------------------------------- 153 High Frequency (HF) Secure Voice (Type S) ----------------------------------------------------- 157 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Radio Teletypewriter (Type B/C) ------------------------------- 161 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Non-secure Voice (Type U) ------------------------------------- 165 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Secure Voice (Type R) ------------------------------------------- 169 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS) ------------------------------------------------ 173 Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS)------------------------- 175 AN/USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM)- 177 Advanced Digital Multiplexing System (ADMS) ST-1000 -------------------------------------- 179 Link/2+ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 183 AN/WSC-6 Defense Satellite Communications System Set ---------------------------------- 187 AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program ------------------------------------------ 191 AN/USR-10(v) Global Broadcast System (GBS) ------------------------------------------------- 195 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring -------------------------------------------------- 199 Networking ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205 Integrated Shipboard Networking System (ISNS) ----------------------------------------------- 207 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)------------------------------------------ 211 Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M)-------------------------------- 213 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS) ------------ 217 Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS) ------------------------------------------- 219 Collaboration At Sea (CAS) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221

INTRODUCTION TO WATCHSTATIONS --------------------------------------------------------- 223 Publications Clerk ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator ------- 233 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator-------- 251 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator ---------------------------------- 265 Message Processing Center Supervisor ----------------------------------------------------------- 283 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator-------------------------------------------- 295 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 321 309 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331 310 Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor -------------------------------------------- 341 4 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318

Media Clerk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 355 Helpdesk Technician ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 363 Helpdesk Supervisor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 381 Defense Messaging System (DMS) Operator ---------------------------------------------------- 391 Network Operator ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 405 Network Administrator ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 415 Information Watch Supervisor ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 431 Communications Watch Officer (CWO) ------------------------------------------------------------ 439

QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY----------------------------------------------------------------- 447 LIST OF REFERENCES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 451

5 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The PQS Development Group gratefully acknowledges the assistance of the following personnel in writing this PQS: CWO4 ITCS(SW/AW) ITCS(SW/AW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW/AW) ITC(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT2(SW) IT2(SW) IT2(SW) IT2(SW/AW) IT2(SW) IT2(SWAW) IT2(SW/AW) IT2(SW) Todd Crawley Brenda J. Kendrick Sonya L. Rivera George R. Belinsky Bobby Caballero Brice M. Gibson Kathryn Hall Emanuel J. Hill Regina Jones Curtis L. Sumner Kasey A. Brehme Randall L. Crabtree Tuladus L. Hennings Reginal JeanBaptiste Michael R. Ochoa Gayln W. Adams Abdulnoor Beyah Richard Brasuell Pamela Cacayuran Eric A. Mattice Gayon Stacey Smith Matthew S. Struck Alejandro Torres USS NEW ORLEANS CENINFODOM, Pensacola, FL NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA USS ENTERPRISE (CVN 65) NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA CENINFODOM, Pensacola, FL CENINFODOM, Norfolk, VA USS STENNIS (CVN 74) USS EISENHOWER (CVN 69) NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA USS ENTERPRISE (CVN 65) COMTHIRDFLT USS EISENHOWER (CVN 69) NCTS, San Diego, CA NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA NCTS, San Diego, CA USS EISENHOWER (CVN 69) USS REAGAN (CVN 76) USS ENTERPRISE (CVN 65) NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA

PQS Development Group personnel who provided direct support for this PQS. Mrs. Laurie Luke Production Officer

The PQS Development Group recognizes the following commands for the time and effort put forth reviewing and providing feedback to improve this PQS: Naval Computer and Telecommunications Area Master Station Atlantic Norfolk, VA

7 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

The Model Manager for this PQS: CENINFODOM, Pensacola, FL DSN 922-6069

8 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

INTRODUCTION PQS PROGRAM
This PQS program is a qualification system for officers and enlisted personnel where certification of a minimum level of competency is required prior to qualifying to perform specific duties. A PQS is a compilation of the minimum knowledge and skills that an individual must demonstrate in order to qualify to stand watches or perform other specific routine duties necessary for the safety, security or proper operation of a ship, aircraft or support system. The objective of PQS is to standardize and facilitate these qualifications.

CANCELLATION
This Standard cancels and supersedes NAVEDTRA 43355-E.

APPLICABILITY
This PQS is applicable to all information systems and telecommunications units, afloat and ashore.

MODEL MANAGER
The Model Manager Command manages a specific PQS manual. This includes overseeing the process of monitoring and updating assigned PQS manuals from the standpoint of technical content and relevance within the community.

TAILORING
To command tailor this package, first have it reviewed by one or more of your most qualified individuals. Delete any portions covering systems and equipment not installed on your ship, aircraft or unit. Next, add any line items, fundamentals, systems and watchstations/workstations that are unique to your command but not already covered in this package. Finally, the package should be reviewed by the cognizant department head and required changes approved by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative. Retain the approved master copy on file for use in tailoring individual packages.

9 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

For more information on the duties and responsibilities of PQS Qualifiers. The 200 Section (Systems) is designed to acquaint you with the systems you will be required to operate at your watchstation/workstation. must have completed the PQS they are authorized to sign off. If such references are used. detailed explanations are provided at the front of each section. however. see the PQS Unit Coordinator’s Guide. CONTENTS PQS is divided into three sections. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. The 100 Section (Fundamentals) contains the fundamental knowledge from technical manuals and other texts necessary to satisfactorily understand the watchstation/workstation duties. The 300 Section (Watchstations) lists the tasks you will be required to satisfactorily perform in order to achieve final PQS qualification for a particular watchstation/workstation.INTRODUCTION (CONT’D) QUALIFIER The PQS Qualifier is designated in writing by the Commanding Officer to sign off individual watchstations. NOTES Classified references may be used in the development of PQS. All three sections may not apply to this PQS. REFERENCES The references used during the writing of this PQS package were the latest available to the workshop. . as a minimum. 10 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Qualifiers will normally be E-5 or above and. handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. The names of designated Qualifiers should be made known to all members of the unit or department. but where applicable. the most current references available should be used when qualifying with this Standard. The means of maintaining this listing is at the discretion of individual commands.

the user. This will tell you what you should do before starting your watchstation/workstation tasks. a school. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. It will also tell you which fundamentals and/or systems from this package you must complete prior to qualification at your watchstation/workstation.INTRODUCTION (CONT’D) TRAINEE Your supervisor will tell you which watchstations/workstations you are to complete and in what order. or of errors you find. When equipment and requirements change. You can tell us of new systems and requirements. If you have any questions or are unable to locate references. the PQS needs to be revised. Before getting started. or other watchstations/workstations within this package. contact your supervisor or qualifier. . telling us either in a letter or via the Feedback Report contained in the back of this book. Good luck! PQS FEEDBACK REPORTS This PQS was developed using information available at the time of writing. turn to the 300 Section first and find your watchstation/workstation. 11 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. You may be required to complete another PQS. The only way the PQS Development Group knows of these changes is by you.

.

AND WATCHSTATIONS: Fundamental Title Security Message Text Format/Handling Voice Operations Call Signs Special Circuit Distress Communications Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Demand Assigned Multiple Access (DAMA)/Time division Multiple Access (TDMA) Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Circuits Micro Computer Hardware and Software AIS Networking CENTRIXS DMS NTCSS NOC CWO Action Modified Modified Added Deleted Modified Modified Deleted Added Comment Updated Added to Voice Operations Changed name to Common Circuits Changed name to Distress Circuits Deleted Added to UHF SATCOM Modified Modified Deleted Added Deleted Added Added Added Added Added Modified Changed to Basic Circuits Added to Hardware and Software Added to Networking and Hardware and Software 13 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.SUMMARY OF CHANGES CHANGES TO FUNDAMENTALS. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. SYSTEMS.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES (CONT’D) System Title NOW Terminal Set Automated Digital Network System (ADNS) All Antenna Coupler Groups Switch Boards Direct Current Patch Panel SA-2112A(V) /STQ Single Audio System (SAS) Black Transmitters (all) Receivers (all) Transceivers (all) FCC-100 Multiplexer Converters (all) Amplifiers (all) Crypto Equipment SSR-1 Satellite Signal Receiving Set AN/WSC-6 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Set Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Teletypewriters HF Teletypewriters Action Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Modified Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Modified Comment Added to all data systems Has own PQS Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Obsolete Added HFRG system Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Added to SHF system Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Added to COMSEC Equipment Operator Added to Broadcast Systems Name changed to DSCS and updated Name changed to UHF Radio Teletypewriter (Type B/C) Combined single and duplex Name changed to HF Radio Teletypewriter (Type D/G) Combined single and duplex Added High Speed Fleet Broadcast Name changed to Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring System Added multiple subsystems Modified Modified Fleet Multichannel Broadcast SSQ-88 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) High Speed Fleet Broadcast CQM-248 Comquest Digital Satellite Modem Demand Assigned Multiple Access (DAMA) Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) Modified Modified Modified Deleted Deleted Deleted Added Added to Fleet Multichannel Broadcast Added to multiple SATCOM systems Added to UHF SATCOM 14 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

and SHF watchstations Watchstation Title COMSEC Equipment Operator Fleet Broadcast Operator Satellite Communications (SATCOM) System Operator Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/ Transceiver Operator Voice System Operator Terminations System Operator Information Watch Supervisor Action Modified Deleted Deleted Modified Deleted Modified Modified Moved to fundamentals Original section changed name to Message Processing Supervisor – New section added for Information Systems Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor Media Clerk AIS Operator Helpdesk Technician Modified Modified Deleted Added Added to Helpdesk Technician and Network Operator 15 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.SUMMARY OF CHANGES (CONT’D) AN/USQ-155(V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program (CWSP) AN/USR-10(V) Global Broadcast System (GBS) ST-1000 Link/2+ Local Area Network (LAN) ISNS Networking Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS) Collaboration at Sea (CAS) Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS) Global Control and Command System .Maritime (GCCS-M) AN/USQ 119A Added Added Added Added Added Deleted Added Added Added Added to ISNS and Networking Added Added Added Modified Changed name to Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS) Comment Added and removed equipment Added to multiple SATCOM watchstations Divided into UHF. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. EHF.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES (CONT’D) Helpdesk Supervisor Defense Messaging System (DMS) Operator Network Operator Network Administrator CWO Added Added Added Modified Modified 16 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

personnel dealing with the subject matter of this PQS may be required to requalify IAW NAVEDTRA 43100. and/or other platforms/commands shall be completed. . systems.WATCHSTATION REQUALIFICATIONS WATCHSTATION REQUALIFICATIONS Due to changes in policies. PQS Unit Coordinator’s Guide. or procedures. The following watchstations regardless of qualifications achieved in previous versions. 305 306 307 308 309 311 316 317 318 Message Processing Center (MPC) Supervisor Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator UHF Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator EHF Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator SHF Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor Network Administrator Information Watch Supervisor Communications Watch Officer (CWO) 17 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1.

.

use the references listed on the line item containing the acronym or abbreviation in question. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ABT AGC ASR BFO BIT CCOW CEWN CIA CIB COMMPLAN COMSEC COMSPOT CPS CSS DCMA DUSC DWTS EAM EAP EMI FMX FRR FSM HFRG INMARSAT ITP LIMDIS LPI LRI LSB Automatic Bus Transfer Automatic Gain Control Automatic Send Receive Beat Frequency Oscillator Built-In Test Channel Control Order Wire Command Early Warning Net Communications Information Advisory Communications Information Bulletin Communications Plan Communications Security Communications Spot Report Cycles Per Second Command Switching System Distributed Control Mode Alternate Directory Update and Service Center Digital Wideband Transmission System Emergency Action Messages Emergency Action Plan Electromagnetic Interference Fleet Message Exchange Fast Reaction Response Fleet SIPRNET Messaging High Frequency Radio Group International Maritime Satellite Information Transmission Protocol Limited Distribution Low Probability of Intercept Limited Range of Intercept Lower-Sideband 19 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.ACRONYMS USED IN THIS PQS Not all acronyms or abbreviations used in this PQS are defined here. If there is a question concerning an acronym or abbreviation not spelled out on this page nor anywhere else in the Standard. The Subject Matter Experts from the Fleet who wrote this Standard determined the following acronyms or abbreviations may not be commonly known throughout their community and should be defined to avoid confusion.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .ACRONYMS USED IN THIS PQS (CONT’D) MBT MCPP MMT MPC MSL NES NOW NWPL OPORD OPTASK OTAR OTAT PC PPL RADAY RAPP RESDAT RRI SCI SDD SIU SMS SPECAT SRCS STANAG STS STU SVPA TSS VIXS VMEC VSWR Manual Bus Transfer Multichannel Patch Panel Mail Message Terminal Media Processing Center Master Station Log Net Encrypted System Navy Order Wire Naval Warfare Publications Library Operations Orders Operational Task Over the Air Rekey Over the Air Transmission Personal Computer Preferred Products List Radio Day Receive Antenna Patch Panel Restricted Data Remote Request Interface Sensitive Compartmented Information Secure Data Device SINCGARS Interface Unit Single Messaging Solution System Special Category Secure Remote Control Set Standing NATO Agreement Secure Telephone System Secure Telephone Unit Secure Voice Phone Assembly Tactical Switching System Video Information Exchange System Versa Module Eurocard Chassis Voltage Standing Wave Ratio 20 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

you would have acquired the knowledge required in the Fundamentals section during the school phase of your training. your Qualifier will expect you to satisfactorily answer all line items in the fundamentals. If you have not been to school or if you need a refresher. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. If you are requalifying or have completed the appropriate schools. 21 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 100. your Qualifier may require you to answer representative line items to determine if you have retained the necessary knowledge for your watchstation. If you are attempting initial qualification. . You should complete all required fundamentals before starting the systems and watchstation portions of this PQS. contact your Qualifier.1 INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS INTRODUCTION This PQS begins with a Fundamentals section covering the basic knowledge and principles needed to understand the equipment or duties to be studied.100 100. All references cited for study are selected according to their credibility and availability. Normally. If your command requires an oral board or written examination for final qualification. since knowledge gained from fundamentals will aid you in understanding the systems and your watchstation tasks. When you feel you have a complete understanding of one fundamental or more. you may be asked any questions from the fundamentals required for your watchstation. the references listed at the beginning of each fundamental will aid you in a self-study program.2 HOW TO COMPLETE The fundamentals you will have to complete are listed in the watchstation (300 section) for each watchstation.

.

II. Operational Risk Management (ORM) Explain how various levels of current can affect the body.3 Explain how electrical shock can be prevented when working on an energized circuit. [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. II. D5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Describe the proper procedures to be observed when using test equipment on energized circuits. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. vol. ch.4 Explain how insulating material is used to protect personnel. ch. D5. vol. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .1 OPNAVINST 5100. b. D7. 20] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a.23G. a. a. vol. ref. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 3500. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . C9.19E. II. B7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 23 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. [ref. [ref. ref. chs. b.101 101 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] 101.2 Explain how variations in environmental conditions affect the body's resistance to electrical current. II.39B. [ref. ch. ch. ch. vol. [ref. a. I. vol. ch.

vol. I. [ref. [ref. ch.101 101. ref. B11. . [ref. II. vol. ch. C22. [ref. vol. D5. B7. b. a. [ref. ch. a. II. II. [ref. [ref. II. vol. vol. ch. vol. vol.9 Explain the purpose and use of tag-out procedures. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. a.11 Describe the safety precautions applicable to portable electrical equipment. I.10 Describe the procedure for replacing fuses by using fuse pullers. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . A6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 24 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . chs. II. chs. ch. B11. a. a.7 Explain how a shorting probe is used to discharge electrical components. ch.8 Explain the use of interlocks installed in/on electrical equipment. I. B7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Discuss the potential dangers of open electrical circuits in adverse environmental conditions. 24] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Describe the proper procedures to be followed prior to working on electrical machinery or equipment. a. vol. ch. vol. I.

vol. ch. vol. a. ch.15 Explain the desirable characteristics of a good cleaning agent for electrical equipment. II. and disposing of lithium batteries. [ref. a.17 Describe the hazards associated with lithium batteries. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . I. vol. B12.18 Describe the procedures for handling. [ref.14 Name the agents used to fight electrical fires. a. II.13 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the procedures to be followed when fighting an electrical fire.16 Describe the hazards that can be encountered with cleaning agents in adverse environmental conditions. II. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. vol. stowing. ch. II. B12] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. vol. chs. a. vol. [ref. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . C18. ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. a. C20] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . explaining the proper application of each. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. . [ref. vol. C8.19 Discuss procedures for personnel working aloft. II. a. I. D4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 25 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. II. ch. [ref.101 101. ch. a. vol.

. C9.23 Explain the following as they apply to ORM: [ref. D5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. vol. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. II. [ref. II. a. e. vol.22 Discuss the concept of ORM. [ref. Identifying hazards Assessing hazards Making risk decisions Implementing controls Supervising ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 26 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. chs. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . d. c] a. [ref. a.21 State the first aid procedures for electrical shock.20 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) State the procedures for removing a victim from an energized circuit. c. D5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .101 101. chs. C9.

3] Malicious code protection [ref. d. app. 5. 9] Access [ref. d. d. CMS Policy and Procedures for Navy Electronic Key Management System Tiers 2&3 NTP 4 (E). Department of the Navy Information Assurance Program. l. ch. d. k. c.1. ch. b. d.2 Discuss the roles and responsibilities of the following: [ref. Annex A] Classification Marking [ref. f. 6] Downgrading/declassification procedures [ref. 2] a. a. 4] Classification [ref. Department of the Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Instruction EKMS 1A Phase 4. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 4] COMSEC/EKMS [ref. CO/OIC Information Assurance Manager Information Assurance Officer SSO ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 27 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. n. i. 4] Spillage incident reporting [ref.1 NAVEDTRA 14222. h. Department of the Navy (DON) Personnel Security Program (PSP) Instruction SECNAVINST 5510. A). m. ch. a. ch. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine Local Security Instructions SECNAVINST 5510. ch. ch.102 102 SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] 102. b. e. ch. . ch. 5] Security clearance [ref. h. g.30A.36. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. d. j. Information Assurance Manual Department of the Navy Information Assurance Publication Module 5239-26 Discuss the following: a. a. h. Naval Communications SECNAVINST M5239. ch. 1] Two-person integrity [ref. ch. ch. d. 4] Compromise [ref. Security area [ref. Module 1-Administration and Security NWP 6-01 (Rev. e. Information Systems Technician Training Series. 8] Need to know [ref. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. ref. ch. ch. a. f. c. 9] AIS security [ref. 9] Classified information [ref. i. e.

5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Formerly restricted data [ref. a. 5] Designations and combinations [ref. f. b. ch. f. g. ch.3] LIMDIS [ref. e. 5] Care during working hours [ref. d. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 28 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. 10] Storing classified material (national and NATO) [ref. b. 8] Exclusive for [ref. b. a. c. a. g.4 Discuss storage requirements in terms of the following: a. 5] a. c. ch.6 State the responsibility of the person who discovers a compromise or a suspected compromise.5 Define the following security areas: [ref. ch. ch. ch. 5] EFTO [ref. . 8] SPECAT [ref. ch. ch. ch. e. a. ch. d. d. ch. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 3] CRITIC [ref. 5] Personal for [ref. ch. Exclusion Limited Controlled Restricted ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. a. 5] Emergency planning [ref. a. ch. c. ch. i. a. Standards for storage equipment [ref. g. ch. h. a. [ref. 5] FOUO [ref. b. 5] NOFORN [ref. 5] Care after working hours [ref. a.3 SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss the following warning notices and the handling requirements for each: a.102 102. b. e. g.

c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . c.102 102. Methods of routine destruction Records of destruction Emergency destruction Priority of emergency destruction Method of emergency destruction Reports of emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Authority to carry out the EAP Personnel actions and responsibilities Follow up procedures and reports to higher authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 29 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b. f. [ref. b. a. . g. ch. f. 5] a. d. a.9 State the destruction rules of COMSEC material as applied to the following: [ref. ch. 5. c] a.7 SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) State the accountability requirements for Top Secret and SPECAT. c. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. d. c. Method of destruction Records of destruction Classified waste Emergency destruction Priority of emergency destruction Method of emergency destruction Destruction of burn bags ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch.10 State the requirements of the command EAP in regard to the following: [ref. 3] a. e. e. a. ref.8 State the rules for the following as applied to classified material: [ref.

.

.2 Discuss the following: [refs. a thru c] a.103 103 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] 103. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABT MBT 400 Hz power 60 Hz power Circuit breakers UPS Emergency cutout switch` ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 31 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. e. b. [refs.1 Ship's Electronic Casualty Plan Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Discuss the power distribution panels associated with your communications spaces. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. f. g. d.

.

Information Systems Technician Training Series. c. 1 NAVEDTRA 14222. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. a. 2 Discuss the following as applied to the NWPL: [refs. f. Ch. Accountability Changes and corrections Identification and procurement Page checks Watch to watch inventory Color codes 104.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 33 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d. Naval Communications. b. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. e. Module 1-Administration and Security.104 104 PUBLICATIONS FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] NTP 4 (E). Ch. b] a.

.

k. a. g. a. Broadcast file [ref. Naval Communications NAVEDTRA 14222. a. ch. [ref. a. a. c. d. b. 2] Central message log (dupe log) [ref. ch. a. ch. m. i. 4] Circuit logs [ref. ch. 5] Visitor's log [ref. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. 6] 105. ch. ch. ch. ch. 10] Trouble Report log [ref. b. a. ch. j. a. b. n. 4] Watch-to-watch inventory [ref. a. p. e. ch. 4] General message file [ref. ref. 6] Supervisor's log (MSL) [ref. ch. 4] Outgoing log [ref. 2] Tracer/Service file [ref. Information Systems Technician Training Series. ch. 4] Communications Center file [ref. b. 4] Radio Station file [ref. 4] Historical file [ref.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. ch. 4. a. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 35 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. . Module 1-Administration and Security Describe and identify the following logs and files: a. h. ch. f. a. 4] Communications Information Bulletin file [ref. b. ch. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 2] Status board [ref.2 Discuss security requirements and retention periods of logs and files.105 105 LOGS AND FILES FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] NTP 4 (E). o. b. 4] Broadcast check off log [ref. l. a. a. ch.

.

ch. a] Secret [ref. ch. ref. a] a. a. j. . e. Advance copy routing Internal routing Routing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. ref. a] CIB/CIA [refs. l. Information Systems Technician Training Series. c. 5] LIMDIS [ref. c. Information Systems Technician Training Series.36. c. ref. 6] NATO [ref. k. Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series Module 22-Introduction to Digital Computers 1 Discuss the following as applied to message distribution: [ref. b. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. 2. c. c. 5] NOFORN [ref. chs. ref. b] Restricted data [ref. a] General messages [ref. Naval Communications NAVEDTRA 14222. a. ch. Top Secret [ref. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 37 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a] SPECAT [ref. Naval Telecommunications Users Manual NAVEDTRA 14194. ch. b. e. a. a. 3] Multipage/section messages [ref. f. Department of the Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Instruction NTP 3 (K). g. Module 2-Computer Systems SECNAVINST 5510. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 4] Personal For [ref. b. ref. d. h. Module 1-Administration and Security NAVEDTRA 14223.2 Discuss the special requirements for handling the following: a. 5] AMCROSS [ref.106 106 MEDIA FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) NTP 4 (E). ref. a. ch. b. c. a. a. i.

ch. e. d. d. ch. d. g. d. ch. 9] Care of magnetic media [ref. ch. 3] Catalog [ref. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. g. c. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Delivery of message on diskette [ref.4 Discuss and define the following terms: a. 2] Off site disaster files [ref. 2] BPI [ref. ch. 4] EBCDIC [ref. ch. e. 2] Security markings and handling of diskettes [ref. . d. 2] Bytes [ref.106 106.3 MEDIA FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss the following procedures as they apply to message distribution on magnetic media: a. ch. d. c. b. g. a] Courier authorization [ref. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 38 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. b. g. Magnetic storage media [ref. d. ch. 1] ASCII [ref. ch. f.

t. ch. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 4] TOD [ref. c. Naval Telecommunications Procedures.107 107 MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] 107. . AIG [ref. ch. Module 1-Administration and Security NTP 3 (K). q. ch. 1] SVC [ref. b. 4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 39 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Communications Instructions Operating Signals NAVEDTRA 14226. ch. f. 1] SSIC [ref. 4 ACP 126 (C). c. 7] DUPE [ref. ch. d. 5] PLA [ref. 5] LMF [ref. ch. g. 4] BT [ref. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine ACP 131(F). b. j. o. ch. ch. Automatic Digital Network (AUTODIN) Operating Procedures Define and discuss the following terms and abbreviations: a. p. Naval Telecommunications Users Manual NTP 4 (E). Annex B] OPSIGS [ref. 4] TRC [ref. b. b. Information Systems Technician Training Series.1 NAVEDTRA 14222. e. Information Systems Technician Training Series. Communications Instructions Teletypewriter (Teleprinter) Procedures NWP 6-01 (Rev. Naval Communications. ch. 2] CAD [ref. c. c. b. 3] SUSDUPE [ref. b. 5] FL [ref. ch. Ch. a. c. ch. ch. 5] CIC [ref. b. 1] OSRI [ref. 4] TOF [ref. b. r. s. b. g. ch. c. Module 5-Communications Center Operations JANAP 128(J). ch. h. ch. l. ch. 2] SHD [ref. k. 5] SSN [ref. 2] TOR [ref. c. A). c. m. g. ch. b. ch. ch. i. n. 7] DPVS [ref.

o. e. 4] Text [ref. f. h. d. Service/tracer message [ref. q. ch. ch. 4] Drafter [ref. ch. c. 4] Classification [ref. ch. k. ch. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c. c. ch. 4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 4] Message cancellation [ref.107 107. app. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. 4] Reference line [ref. c. ch. ch. n. A] a. 8] Action addressee(s) [ref. c. i. p. [ref. c. i.3 Define and identify the following message elements: a. e. EXER OPER MSGID SUBJ REF AMPN NARR POC ACK RMKS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 40 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d. 4] Passing instructions [ref. b. 4] Information addressee(s) [ref. 4] Downgrading [ref. 4] Special handling instructions [ref. ch.4 Describe the following fields used in message format: [ref. j. ch. ch. c. m. b. c. g. b. ch. l. 4] Releaser [ref. 4] Exempted addressee(s) [ref. ch. c. c. j. c. c. ch. f. e. c.2 MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) State the three main parts of a message. ch. 4] Originator [ref. c. ch. 4] Subject line [ref. ch. . c. c. 4] DTG [ref. 4] Precedence [ref. g. ch. c. h.

6 Explain message handling as determined by the following: a. k.107 107. i. d. ch. b. f. e. h] a. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . d. g.7 Describe handling and reporting procedures for OPREPs: [ref. f] a. c. c. h. 4] Message backlog [ref.5 MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Describe the format lines and content used for message transmission using the following formats: [refs.8 Describe the purpose of the following and identify where each is used: [ref. ZEL ZEN addresses NOTAL PASEP ZDS ZWL ZNZ1 ZPW ZDK NBAT NGCN ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 41 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c. ch. b. e. ACP 126 Modified ACP 126 JANAP 128 Short form readdressal Long form readdressal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . Precedence [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. b. c. ch. j. d. e.

[ref. . ch.9 MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss manual intervention and its effect on proper message traffic flow. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 42 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . e.10 Discuss EAM procedures. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.107 107. [ref. ch.

Naval Communications.7 Explain the term Minimize Considered. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. [ref. ch. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 4 Explain the purpose of Minimize. Ch. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine NTP 4 (E). ch. 26] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. [ref. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. . a.3 Discuss the authority to impose. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss alternate methods of delivering message traffic during Minimize conditions. [ref. a. ch. [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. A). a.108 108 MINIMIZE FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 108. a. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 43 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. [ref. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 NWP 6-01 (Rev. or cancel Minimize. a. modify. [ref.4 State the message releasing restrictions under Minimize. a.2 State the conditions under which Minimize may be imposed.6 Discuss the procedures to be followed upon receipt of a message imposing Minimize conditions. ch. ch.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.108 108. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 44 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . [ref.8 MINIMIZE FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the purpose of the releasing officer's name and rank in the text of the message.

3] Communications guard shift [ch. m. 3] Broadcast Radiating Station [ch.109 109 BROADCAST FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] 109. h. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 3] Broadcast Keying Station [ch. g. k. 3] Emergency broadcast shift [ch. d. . b. 3] Channel subscribers [ch. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 45 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. i. 3] COMSPOT [Annex C] Broadcast screen request [ch. 3] Broadcast shifts [ch. Naval Communications Discuss the functions/purpose of the following: a. 3] Area NCTAMS [ch. f. e. j. 3] Command guard list [ch. 3] Broadcast Controlling Station [ch. 3] Broadcast Controlling Authority [ch. l.1 NTP 4 (E). c. Broadcast area [ch. Naval Telecommunications Procedures.

.

ak. ac. al. ah. as. . af. bf. i. o. ba. d. u. ad. bj. x. ay. ap. au. aj. be. ax. az. r. bc. h. bl. v. k. m. f. bi. bg. bd.1 47 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ao. aq. ab. bk. aw. ACK Active subscriber ALTROUTE ARQ ARQ LIMIT BCST Bootstrap Bust sequence CAN CANTCO CANTRAC L CG CHR CID CLR Control message CPU CRC Crypto CSN CTTY CUDIXS Default DTS EOL EOM EOT FDUX FIFO First-run message Garble Garble threshold ag. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c. Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator's Manual Define the following terms and abbreviations: a. w. an. y. av. ar. bh. aa. l. g. bb.110 110 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] NCTS 50C1012 OM-V2R11. am. e. s. ae. p. n. at. j. ai. q. b. GCSN GMT HDG HDUX HF Inactive subscriber I/O IXS JANAP LI Link LK LO Logical unit LRL LSPTP LSPTR LU Missent message MDP NAK Narrative message NCTAMS NAVMACS NAVTELSYSIC NCS NDRO NGL NIB NOB Nonaddressed message NTDS 110. t. z.

OCID OCSN OON OPCORR OTO Output device Parameter Parity Pilot Primary subscriber Prosign Purge QRK QUE report Queue Recap summary MSG Rerun message Retrieve RO cf. ca. k. v. ch. r. cc. bn. by. s. Day DLT CGL DLT WML EDN EMC EUP HLD LOD LOD MSG LRL QUE RPL ARQ RPL CID 48 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. e. i. cv. bo. cq. bw. bt. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. h. cj. co. p. cd. bz. t. ce. br. m. cl.2 Discuss the following operator commands: a. ck. cg. bu. cw. ct. y. w. . bs. l. bv. bp. x. g. cu. cp. cn. ADD CGL ADD WML CAN CAN TRA CAN TRA OTO CDN CGL CHR CLR CLR CGL CLR LRL CLR WML Cup n.110 110.1 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) bm. ci. d. b. o. cx. z. cm. cs. cr. q. j. bx. u. SAMPD SID SMN SOH SOL SOP Special subscriber SSN STX Subscriber TOP TOT Transmit queue TTY TU URD VNR WML WPM ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . f. c. bq. cb.

y. c. v. af. g.110 110. aj. x. w. p. h. ap.3 Define the following general system alerts: a. . as. aq. d.2 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) aa. f. t. z. o. ah. m. al. ad. ao. RPL CSN RPL HDG RPL LRL RPL NOB RPL OON RPL QRK RPL RRM RPL SID RPL TIM RPL YZO ak. ab. ae. ac. r. ag. RTV SDN SPP SUP SYS TIM TRA TRA OTO TRA OVR WML ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . e. u. l. at. ar. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. k. s. i. am. q. BACKLOG (DEVICE ID) BACKLOG (DEVICE ID) ALTROUTE LEVEL EXCEEDED CANTCO CIRCUIT ACTIVE CANTCO CIRCUIT DOWN CANTCO DEVICE ACTIVE CANTCO DEVICE DOWN CANTCO LIST FULL CANTCO NO SID CANTCO RPT IN PROGRESS CANTCO RTVL IN PROGRESS CGL CONFLICT CIRCUIT ID EXP (CID/CSN) RCV (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID OFF LINE ENCRYPTED (SMN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH CANTRAN (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH (CID/CSN) DEVICE ID/CIRCUIT ID TIMEOUT DEVICE ID IMPROPER CONDITION DEVICE ID LOAD ABORTED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETE (SMN) ERROR hhmmZ IOC FAULT (ADDRESS) ITEM NOT FOUND IXS CRYPTO ALARM IXS NCS INITIALIZE 49 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. an. j. ai. n.

ba. ad. af. bc. . ai. ap. bb. ag. bh. IXS NCS MSG ACK (SMN) IXS NCS MSG NAK (SMN) IXS NCS NO RCV IXS NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) hhmmZ IXS NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) RCV (OTO #) IXS NCS OTO NAK (OTO #) IXS NCS PARITY LIMIT IXS NCS RCV ABORT IXS NCS XMIT ABORT IXS NO VALID INPUT IXS SUB NO RCV 2 CYCLES IXS SUB PARITY LIMIT MON CLOCK DISABLED NAVMACS FORCED EOM (SMN) NO PRINTERS ON LINE OTO NR (OON) hhmmZ OTO NR (OON) ??hhmmZ PGM FAULT (ADDRESS) POSSIBLE MISSENT POWER FAILURE hhmmZ (SMN) ALTROUTED TO (DEVICE ID) SMN (SMN) SMN (SMN) COMPLETE SMN (SMN) ERROR (SMN) TRA CAN ON LO1 -. bf. ac. ab. as. bg. ax. bd. ae. av. al. ay. an.110 110. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. am. aq. bi. az. ak.3 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) aa. ao. aj. au. ah. be.MSG ERROR hhmmZ (SMN) TRA CANTRAN ON LO1 hhmmZ (SMN) Y/Z ACK NOT RCVD ON LO1 (SMN) Y/Z NO TRA ON LO1 AFTER 30 SEC (SMN) Y/Z RCVD ON (DEVICE ID) SYSTEM OVERLOAD SYSTEM OVERLOAD hhmmZ TRA ON LO1--OPERATOR OVERRIDE OF MSG ERRORS TR TIMEOUT ??hhmmZ !!ABORTED!! ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 50 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. aw. ar. at.

d. r. s. f. q. c. DS DS1 DS2 LI1 LK LO1 MT1 MT2 MI2 MI3 MTA l. h.5 Discuss the purpose of the following. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. i. o. Program tape(s) Spare tape(s) BCST circuit(s) IXS circuit Comm Center terminals Periodic reports Screening error tolerance (QRK) Address screening Negative Guard list Address bounding Maintaining the Command Guard list Reloading paper tape copy 51 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. j. . n. g.4 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Identify the following device/circuit mnemonic codes: a. f. v. p. describing the composition of each and explaining how it is used by the system: a.110 110. t. u. e. c. g. l. m. b. k. k. j. i. b. h. MTB NI1 NI NI4 PR PR1 PR2 TP1 TP2 TR1 TR2 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . e. d.

n. r. y.5 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) m. Maintaining the LRL Maintaining the WML Standard message print format Standard message information block Modified message information block Undefined raw data information block Message retrieval Heading analysis Distribution Message accountability/record keeping Closing out the radio day Input processing Output processing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . v. t. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. x. h. w. f. o. b. i. c. q. j. . s. u.110 110. g. Enter on the LRL Clear on the LRL Print on the LRL ADD CID/CSN(s) on the WML Delete CID/CSN(s) on the WML Print on the WML Clear on the WML Link transmission on an outgoing circuit Chronological on system reports Queue ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 52 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. e.6 Discuss the purpose and describe the composition of the following on the LRL/WML outgoing circuits and system reports: a. p. d.

o. AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual. i. c. ap. q. u. d. l.111 111 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] EE685-DJ-SUM-020/NAVMACSII (HP). h. x. ACK ACP Active subscriber ALTROUTE ARQ ARQ LIMIT AUTODIN Backrouting Baud BDCST Bust CAN CANTRAN CGL Character CID CONT CPU Crypto CSN CRATT CUDIXS EOM ETX FIFO First-run message aa. f. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Volume 2. e. n. y. ah. (NAVMACS II).1 53 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b. Naval Modular Automated Communications System II. g. ar. (NAVMACS II). . z. m. al. ax. Naval Modular Automated Communications System II. an. aw. au. w. aj. as. aq. ab. ae. v. Garble GMT Inactive subscriber I/O JANAP Missent message NAK Narrative message NCTAMS NAVCOMPARS NAVMACS NCS NGL Non-addressed message OCSN OPCOR OPASSIST OTO Output device Parameter Parity Prosign Purge QRK QUE report Queue [b] 111. af. ad. AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual. a] a. k. t. ac. ak. ag. at. ay. p. Appendices A-N EE685-DJ-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP). am. Operational Procedures and Instructions Define the following terms and abbreviations: [ref. az. ai. s. av. j. ao. Volume 1. r.

n. bf. be. bd. w. bp. l. bl. bh. r. g. TOP TOT Transmit queue TTY TU URD VNR WML 111. s.111 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) ba. bn. t. bo. . u. bj. o. Recap summary MSG Rerun message Retrieve SID SMN SOP SSN Subscriber bi. j. bm. e. bk. k. h. b. b] a. bc. q. v. ADD CGL ADD WML CAN CAN TRA CAN TRA OTO CGL CLR CGL CLR LRL CLR WML Day DLT CGL DLT WML HLD LOAD LOAD MSG QUE RPL ARQ RPL CID RPL CSN RPL NOB RPL QRK RPL SID WML ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 54 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. p. f. d. bg. m. i.2 Discuss the following operator commands: [ref. bb. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

d. t. j. ak. q. ae. ABORTED CIRCUIT ACTIVE CIRCUIT DOWN DEVICE ACTIVE DEVICE DOWN LIST FULL NO SID RPT IN PROGRESS CGL CONFLICT CIRCUIT ID EXP (CID/CSN) RCV (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH CANTRAN (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH (CID/CSN) CKT COULD NOT DELIVER SMN DELIVERED SENSATIVE MESAGE DELIVERED TOP SECRET MESSAGE DEVICE ID/CIRCUIT ID TIMEOUT DEVICE ID IMPROPER CONDITION DEVICE ID LOAD ABORTED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETE (SMN) ERROR ddhhmmZ IOC FAULT (ADDRESS) CRYPTO ALARM NCS EXCEEDING ARQ LIMIT NCS INITIALIZE NCS MSG ACK (SMN) NCS MSG NAK (SMN) NCS NO RCV NCS NOT ACCEPTING MESSAGE NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) hhmmZ NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) RCV (OTO #) NCS OTO NAK (OTO #) NCS RCV ABORT NCS XMIT ABORT NO VALID INPUT NAVMACS FORCED EOM (SMN) OTO NR (OON) hhmmZ 55 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. u.111 111. k. s. ag. al. aj. o. m. . a] a. ab. p. g. c. af. v. ac. ad. n. e. w. x. r. ai. z.3 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Define the following general system alerts: [ref. i. aa. ah. l. f. y. b. h.

ar. ao. as. d.111 111. i. r. p. o. h. . a] a.4 Discuss the purpose of the following: [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. at. ap. n. g. q. k. l. j. b.3 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) am. e. f. c. Program tape(s) Spare tape(s) BCST circuit(s) Different circuit types Comm Center terminals Periodic reports Screening error tolerance (QRK) Address screening Negative Guard list Maintaining the Command Guard list Maintaining the WML Standard message print format Message retrieval Distribution Message accountability/record keeping Closing out the radio day Input processing Output processing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 56 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. an. m. aq. POWER FAILURE hhmmZ (SMN) ALTROUTED TO (DEVICE ID) SMN (SMN) SMN (SMN) COMPLETE SMN (SMN) ERROR SYS BACKLOG SYSTEM OVERLOAD SYSTEM OVERLOAD hhmmZ ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ADD CID/CSN(s) on the WML Delete CID/CSN(s) on the WML Print on the WML Clear on the WML Queue ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 57 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c. a] a.5 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss the purpose of the following on the WML outgoing circuits and system reports: [ref. e. d.111 111. . b.

.

Module 10Introduction to Wave Propagation.1 NAVEDTRA 14225. [refs. ch. . Information Systems Technician Training Series. Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series. Hz Frequency kHz MHz GHz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 59 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. e.112 112 ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 112. 1] a. Spectrum Management Manual Own Ship's Antenna Radiation Patterns Own Ship's Antenna Systems Describe the locations and functional use of local shipboard communication antennas. and Antennas NTP 6 (D).2 Discuss the following in detail as applied to radio signals: [ref. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. d. Module 4-Communications Hardware NAVEDTRA 14182. c. c. b. Transmission Lines. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

b.5 Describe ionospheric layers and their effects on propagation.3 ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss the following antenna-related terms in detail: [ref. ref.4 Define the following abbreviations and state the frequency range of each: [ref. j. d. g. c. . Annex I] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 60 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ref. c. i. h. c. e. b. 1. b.112 112. 1] a. ELF VLF LF MF HF VHF UHF SHF EHF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . e] a. [ref. f. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. k. ch. d. refs. 2. i. e. ch. Antenna Radiation pattern Directivity and directional antennas Wave length Standing wave VSWR Polarization and field strength Half-wave/quarterwave Electrical length Beamwidth Megameter (meggar) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. a. d. ch. g. f. h. 2. c. ch.

. l. p. b.6 ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) State the propagation characteristics of the following radio waves: [ref. q. 2] Skip zone [ref. n. b. b. 2] Diffraction [ref. [ref. ch. ch. i. ch. Attenuation [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. m. ch. k. ch. ch.7 Discuss the following terms. 2] Frequency [ref. e. describing what it is and the effect of each on propagation: a. b.8 Explain the meaning of each element in an emission designator. ch. ch. 2] a. b. Direct Ground Space Sky ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. 2] Critical frequency [ref. ch. b. 2] Conductivity [ref. b. b. j. ch. b. 2] Reflection [ref. b. c. b. g. Annex G] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 61 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Annex A] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. b. ch. h. 2] Skip distance [ref. 2] Scintillation [ref. 2] Refraction [ref. b. o. d. 2] Selective fading [ref.112 112. c. b. 2] Multipath fading [ref. b. d. b. ch. 2] Sunspots [ref. ch. ch. 2] Power [ref. ch. 2] Noise [ref. c. 2] Fading [ref. f. b. ch. c. 3] Ionization [ref. ch.

9 ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Describe the following frequency usage terms: [ref. b. e. ch. b. b. 2] a. Assigned frequency [Annex A] Reference frequency (operating window) [Annex G] Suppressed carrier frequency [Annex A] MUF [Annex A] FOT [Annex A] LUF [Annex A] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . f. b.11 Describe the techniques used based on radio wave propagation: [ref. LPI LRI ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 62 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c.10 Describe the sources for the following types of EMI: [ref. ch. c. 2] a. . d. a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.112 112. c] a. Natural Man-made Harmonics ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

d.5 Discuss and define EEFI. Ch.1 ACP 113(AF). c.3 Discuss call sign compromise and security precautions. c. 2 NAVEDTRA 14226. e. Module 5-Communications Center Operations. ch. b] Voice [ref. . c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. [ref.4 Discuss gingerbread and its purpose. Information Systems Technician Training Series. b. b] Military [ref.2 State the purpose of call signs. ch.113 113 VOICE OPERATIONS FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] 113. g. ch. b] Collective [ref. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Communication Instructions Radiotelephone Procedures Describe the following call signs: a. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. Call Sign Book for Ships. Ch. [ref. International [refs. 2 ACP 125(F). [ref. c. a. b] Tactical [ref. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 63 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b] Conjunctive [ref. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b] Daily/changing call signs [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . f.

c. . [ref.113 113. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.7 Discuss challenge and reply authentication. ch. ch. [ref. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date .6 VOICE OPERATIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss BEADWINDOW procedures. 6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date 64 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

ch. c. Information Systems Technician Training Series. 6] Simplex [ref. Module 2-Computer Systems NAVEDTRA 14225. NECOS [ref. ch. ref.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. Naval Communications SPAWARINST 2700. UHF DAMA Operator OJT Handbook. Module 4-Communications Hardware Define and discuss the following: a. c. 6] FSK [ref. i.2 Define and discuss the following: a. a. ch. e. ref. d. 1. . Annex B] 114. ch. ch. Module 5-Communications Center Operations ACP 126 (C). Shipboard Quality Monitoring Control System ACP 131(F). ch. c. b. 2. f. ref. ref. 6. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. d. A). c.114 114 BASIC CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] [j] [k] NAVEDTRA 14226. Navy Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Broadcast Service NAVEDTRA 14223. c. ref. ch. chs. d. k. 1. ch. b. 3] Circuit discipline [ref. j. j. ch. Section 5. ch. 4. 4] 65 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. ch. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) FSCS-211-79-13-2B. 4] PSK [ref. e. c. ref. c. Shipboard NTP 2. e. Annex B] Tone MOD RATT [ref.6. ch. c. g. 6] FDUX [ref. j. c. 1. b. k. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. 6] Watch turnover [ref. g. i. ch. Information Systems Technician Training Series. ref. c. ch. 6. Information Systems Technician Training Series.1. c. 6] Termination shift [ref. a. 4] Termination NCTAMS/NAVCOMMTELSTA [ref. f. 2] Operating signals [ref. Prosigns [ref. 6] HDUX [ref. ch. Communications Instructions Teletypewriter (Teleprinter) Procedures NTP 4 (E). 6] Traffic channels [ref. Communications Instructions Operating Signals NWP 6-01 (Rev. ch. h. ch. 6] AFTS [ref. ch.

k. . d. 2. ch.4 Discuss the following terms as applied to multiplex signals: a. f. 1] Tone diversity [ref.114 114. c. 16] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 66 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch.3 Describe multiplex as applied to naval communications. k. c. 1. Link circuits [ref. h. k. 1.2 BASIC CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) h. ch. h. ch. k. ch. k. ch. ch. 1] Tone space diversity [ref. 3] Satellite fleet broadcast [ref. chs. chs. k. ch. d. g. [ref. c. ch. 1] DAMA [ref. ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . i. ch. k. chs. ref. 1] Radio frequency diversity [ref. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 4. Time division [ref. b. 6. g] HF fleet broadcast [ref.5 Discuss the following in detail: a. h. c. 1] Space diversity [ref. f. ref. j. 4. 1] Tone radio frequency diversity [ref. ch. ch. chs. e. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 3] VLF submarine broadcast [ref. 4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . k. Send/receive off the air monitor [ref. 4] Termination frequency [ref. c. 1] Frequency division [ref. k. ch. c. k. ref. 4] Circuits status board [ref. 2. k. b.

21] NAVY RED [ref. a] BFEM-66 [ref. 7] Submarine circuits [ref. a] Harbor common [ref. c. m.1 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) NTP 4 (E). g. CEWN [ref. f. ch. 22] Task group teletype [ref. c. ch. a] HF GLOBAL [ref. j. ch. a] CSS [ref. 21] CHAT [ref. d] Link [ref. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 21] SATHICOM [ref. a] SAR [ref. o. c. ch. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. n. c. e. b. ch. ch. c. 10] NTDS circuits [ref. b. A). k. b. c.2 Explain the following for the voice nets/circuits listed: [ref. i. 27] Degaussing net [ref. Naval Communications NWP 6-01 (Rev.115 115 COMMON CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 115. d. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. ch. DIRECTED NET FREE NET Requirements for guarding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 67 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . l. c. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine Local Battle Force Electronic Mail System Operating Manual Describe the functions/purposes of the following. ch. c. a] S/S [ref. 6] a. as well as any common circuits pertaining to your command not listed: a. b. h.

.

Communications Instructions Distress and Rescue Procedures. Ch. Module 4-Communications Hardware. Ch. 10. ch.2 Discuss distress equipment and circuit guard requirements. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine ACP 135 (E). giving frequency. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 69 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. c] a. c.3 Discuss the communication procedures to be followed when hearing a distress signal. life raft. Information Systems Technician Training Series. 11. ch. 1 NTP 4 (E). chs. Ch.116 116 DISTRESS CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 116.4 Discuss on-scene communications procedures during distress. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. and survival craft International aeronautical distress VHF Military aeronautical distress UHF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. Naval Communications. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . 2 NAVEDTRA 14225. refs. 6 Discuss the following circuits.1 NWP 6-01 (Rev. [ref. and any unique operating procedures: [ref. d. A). Naval Telecommunications Procedures. International calling and distress International lifeboat. b. b. a. b. schedules. [refs.

.116 116. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 70 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.6 Discuss SUBLOOK/SUBMISS/SUBSUNK procedures. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. [ref. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. ch.5 DISTRESS CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss terminating distress communications. [ref.

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 71 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.117 117 PORTABLE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] 117. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 State the condition under which portable equipment will be used.2 Describe the portable communications equipment utilized by your command. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 Portable Communications Manufacturer’s Technical Manual State the purpose of portable communications equipment. .

.

x. a. 2] Acquisition [ref. 1] MD-1324 [ref. 2] RCCOW [ref. n. ch. ch. m. 2] TDMA-1 frame structures [ref. w. t. 2] DMR [ref. a. ch. a. 2] Channel control [ref. 1] Time slots [ref. Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for the Digital Modular Radio (DMR) AN/USC-61(C) Organizational Level Operation and Maintenance Instructions Ships RCS / MD-1324 Tomahawk Strike Network (TSN) User’s Guide Discuss the following: a. ch. ch. 2] TDMA mode [ref. e. a. a. d. ch. a. a. o. b. ch. a. 2] Baseband subsystems [ref. v. a. 2] Electronic key generator TSEC/KGV-11 [ref. 2] RRI capability [ref. ch. a. a. ch. ch. b. a. ab. a. 2] Independent channel access [ref. ch. s. ch. a. DAMA [ref. ch. a. p. 2] CCOW [ref. 2] DAMA system features [ref. a. a. 2] Circuit identification number [ref. c. a. 2] Link test [ref. 2] Power distribution panel [ref. ch. a. 2] TSEC/KG-84 current loop operation [ref. 2] Interfaces [ref. y. 2] I/O parts [ref.1 73 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Shipboard EE130-D8-IEM-010/010/USC-61(C). h.118 118 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] FSCS-211-79-13-2B. a. a. a. UHF DAMA Operator OJT Handbook. u. 2] Basic frame structures [ref. l. aa. g. 2] Frequency and keyline control [ref. i. 2] TDMA-2 and TDMA-3 frame structures [ref. c. ch. ch. ch. j. 2] Shipboard installation equipment [ref. ch. ch. f. 2] Data segments [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. ch. a. ch. ch. . a. 2] [c] [d] 118. ch. 2] Panel monitor [ref. q r. ch. ch. a. 2] Range [ref. z. a. ch. k. ch.

3] System timing generator [ref. ch.118 118. ch. ch. ak. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. ag. ah. 6] Battery replacement [ref. a. a. a. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 74 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. Annex A] Setup of TSN [ref. ai. aq. a. af. an. as. al. 3] Small ship configuration [ref. a. a. ae. Data and control patching switchboard [ref. . ch. ch. 6] Single radio operations [ref. 3] DAMA shorthand keypad guide [ref. a. ch. at. 3] DCMA [ref. 2] Intermediate frequency patching panels [ref. 2] Large ship configuration [ref. a. a. 3] Practical application of ID numbers [ref. ap. 3] Operator controls and indicators [ref. 3] General preventive maintenance [ref. a. 3] Practical application of circuit numbers [ref. a. a. a. ch. ch. aj. 3] Keypad commands [ref. ao. a. Annex A] Dual radio operations [ref. a. ch. ar. ch. am. d] TSN Parameters worksheet [ref. Annex A] Bit alarms [ref. a. ch.1 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) ac. ad.

1 EE130-AG-HBK-020/Volume 1. 2 thru 4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a.2 Discuss EHF satellites description and operational capabilities. chs. [ref.3 Describe the location and functional use of the various baseband equipment used in conjunction with EHF. ch. ref. app. c. g. ch. ch.119 119 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) (AN/USC-38) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 119. ch. d. a. a. ref. [ref. ref. 2. b. 2] a. f. . USC-38(V) Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Low Data Rate (LDR) and Medium Data Rate (MDR) System User’s Handbook NTP 2. 3. Navy Extremely High Frequency Satellite Communications Discuss the function of the following equipment as used in the AN/USC-38: [ref. 1. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. PDU TCU Modem/TCP CV-4056(V)/USC-38(V) FOT terminal TIP NECC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 75 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b. [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. a.4 Discuss the EHF terminal start-up procedures. b. 2. Section 3 (B). A. chs. b. ref. ch. e.

ref. D] FEP secondary services [ref.6 Discuss the following activation/deactivation net notes terms: a. b.9 Activate EHF TIP [ref. ref. B. [ref. B. h. ref. ch. a. b.7 Describe activation/deactivation net procedures. B. ch. g. D] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. D] Net set-up [ref. a. 5] HOP boundary change [ref. g. B. 3] transitioning beams [ref. a. ref. b. e. timeslot not available [ref. b. c. a. b. B. ch. 3] EC acquisition time [ref. D. app. f.5 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) (AN/USC-38) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the following EHF satellite/beam acquisition terms: a. 3] HHR Agile C2 cycles [ref. ref. d. apps. b. apps. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D. D] ephemeris update [ref. b. 5] Net keep alive [ref. 3 thru 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . D] agile to spot beam change [ref. ch. a. ref. b. D. apps. a. D] LHR Agile C2 cycles [ref. ch. a. f. b. D. apps. Net activation [ref. apps. app.8 Discuss a joint net activation. chs. app. ch. apps. ch. D. Privilege level [ref. a. B. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. B. apps. . c. a. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. b. a. 3] Net deactivation check [ref. b. a. a. 2] EC/DA acquisition [ref. B. app. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 76 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. D. 5] Activate net failed.119 119. b. apps. [ref. e. d. ch.

1] SHF GATEGUARD [ref. d. 4] FSB [ref. SEC/KY-68 [ref. b. 6] TSEC/KYV-5 ANDVT [ref. Section 4 (A). c] ADNS [ref. b.1 NTP 2. 4] APTS/POTS [ref. 2] SHF orderwire [ref. 4] JWICS [ref. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. ch. .120 120 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] 120. ch. f. 4] STE/STU-III [ref. b. ch. c. Section 1 (E). 1. b. d. ch. Navy Commercial Satellite Communications NTP 2. Multinational Videoconferencing Services ADNS Specific Technical Manuals Modem Specific Technical Manuals AN/FCC-100(V) 9 Technical Manual Discuss the following SHF data circuits: a. ch. 4] MARCEMP [ref. i. b. e] FSM [ref.2 Describe the following voice circuit equipment: a. 4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 77 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 4 (E). b. ch. j. ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . chs. d. c. c. CTAPS [ref. chs. ch. ch. g. c. b. 2] VTC [ref. ch. e. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. b. Naval Communications ACP 220. 1 thru 3] GCCS [ref. h. b. a.

. c. chs. 3] Multiple access of a satellite [chs. 1 thru 3] TDMA [chs.5 Discuss general modem operations: [ref. 4] AN/FCC-100 (V) 9 [ref. h. 2] Error detection and error correction [chs. b. b.120 120.3 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss the following SHF multiplexers: a. 2] Offset QPSK [ch. c. f. 2] QPSK [ch. g. b. 2. 2. f] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 78 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 4] AN/FCC-100 (V) 4X [ref. 1 thru 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss the following modulation types and satellite access techniques: [ref.2] Symbol rate/bandwidth [ch. b. e. 1 thru 3] FDMA [chs. d. 2. b] a. chs. BPSK [ch. AN/FCC-100 (V) 3/5/6/7/8 [ref. g] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

b. a. c. ref. c. 6] TEMPEST requirements [ref. ch. ref. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. b. 15] HERO [ref. 5] HERO in-port and underway [ref. d. ref. 6] Procedures to use when breaking EMCON [ref. e. a] Internal reporting requirements when EMCON is set [ref. b.1 Local EMCON Bill/Instruction NWP 6-01 (Rev. ch. b. b. ref. Module 1-Administration and Security Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Define the following terms and discuss their relationship with each other: a. a. ch. 15] RADHAZ [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.121 121 EMISSIONS CONTROL (EMCON) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 121. b. 15] RIVER CITY [ref. b. 15] Methods of communicating during EMCON [ref. EMCON [ref. ch.3 Discuss the following: a. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine NTP 4 (E). ref. f. ch.2 Discuss the following: a. c. 15] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Naval Telecommunications Procedures. Information Systems Technician Training Series. ch. 15] Authority to impose EMCON [ref. A). a. ch. ch. c. ch. b. a. Types of EMCON [ref. ch. d. d. Naval Communications NAVEDTRA 14222. d. b. c. a. . 15] Authority to lift EMCON [ref. c. a] Electromagnetic radiation safety procedures [ref. Ship's radiation hazard areas [ref. 6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 79 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch.

.

f. ch. g. b. Heading Body Ending Annex Appendix Tab Enclosure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .122 122 OPERATIONS ORDERS (OPORD) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 122. 2] OPTASK COMM [ref. ch. 2] a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. d. Naval Operational Planning Identify and define the following: [ref.1 NAVEDTRA 14222. OPORD [ref. A). Module 1-Administration and Security NWP 5-01 (Rev. b. 2] COMMPLAN [ref. . 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Identify the seven paragraphs in the body of an OPORD. c. b. ch. d. a. b. 7] Communications Annex [ref. ch. Information Systems Technician Training Series. [ref. c.2 Explain the purpose of the following: a. e. a. 6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 81 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. ch. ch. b.

.

a. a. 13] DOS [ref. a. 23] DTE [ref. r. 8] Cache [ref. Exam 640-801. ch. Study Guide: 5th Edition. a. a. ab. p. a. Glossary] Buffer [ref. 2] 123. a. ch. aa. a. ch.123 123 HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] The Complete PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide. a. u. 2] Byte [ref. 13] Bit [ref. a. 16th Edition. a. a. ag. h. ad. 13] CPU [ref. ch. a. ISBN: 9780782144314 Networking All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies. ch. af. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. i. a. e. . ACPI [ref. ch. 11] DVD [ref. a. 8] CD-ROM [ref. Glossary] Driver [ref. ch. k. ch. a. ch. o. w. ch. Glossary] Bandwidth [ref. a. q. a. 2nd Edition CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate. a. ch. g. Glossary] ATX [ref. ch. a. f. n. ch. 11] DDR [ref. a. 2] Coaxial Cable [ref. a.3] Backup files [ref. t. l. v. Glossary] EIDE [ref. ch. c. 26] FAT [ref. y. a. a. ac. a. Glossary] FQDN [ref. 1] Ethernet [ref. Glossary] BIOS [ref. ch. ch. a. z. ch. ch. a. s. x.1 83 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 13] Baud rate [ref. 12] Function keys [ref. ISBN: 9780782143119 Discuss and define the following terms in detail: a. 26] DCE [ref. 23] ASCII [ref. d. b. c. Glossary] DIMM [ref. ch. c. ch. a. 6] Defragment [ref. 2] CMOS [ref. 12] Directories [ref. a. ch. a. m. j. Glossary] Binary [ref. Glossary] BNC [ref. ch. Glossary] Copy [ref. 12] Delete [ref. ae. c.

ch. a. a. b. am. a. 2] Memory [ref. ay. ch. be. a. a. bn. Glossary] Power Supply [ref. as. at. an. 26] RJ-45 [ref. bq. Glossary] IDE [ref. Glossary] Motherboard [ref. a. a. a. bp. 12] RAM [ref. . a. 12] Operating System [ref. ch. 3] NTFS [ref. 10] IEEE [ref. bk. 27] IP [ref. au. ch. bg. bi. al. bl. a. a. ch. 8] SIMM [ref. 29] WAN [ref. ch. ch. a. 10] PCI [ref. bj. bo. 15] PS/2 [ref. az. ba. aq. ch. a. Glossary] RAID [ref. ch. ap. 1] POST [ref. a. a.1 HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) ah ai. 7] Printer [ref. aj. 22] Virus [ref. ch. a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Glossary] MAC [ref. Glossary] MMC [ref. 2] NIC [ref. a. ch. ch. b. Glossary] PATA [ref. a. 6] Parallel Port [ref. ch. ch. chs. bb. ch. ch. ch. a. ar. a. 6] USB [ref. a. ao. a. 26] ROM [ref. ch. a. bc. ch. a. a . bm. bd. a.123 123. av. a. a. a. aw. ch. Glossary] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 84 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. ch. 1. bf. ch. ch. ak. 26] LAN [ref. 3] Shell [ref. a. 2] SCSI [ref. ch. Glossary] RJ-11 [ref. 2] Registry [ref. bh. 2] Service Pack [ref. ax. a. Glossary] Page File [ref. 11] Serial Port [ref. 6] SATA [ref. 1] Peripheral equipment [ref. a. Hexadecimal [ref. ch. b.

. r. ch. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. ARP [ref. ch. ch. 2] Protocol [ref. j. 4] OSPF [ref. p. a. 2] ACL [ref. ch. 5] Router [ref. v. a. x. 6] Port [ref. a. 2] IOS [ref.124 124 NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 124. b. w. 1] NIC [ref. 2] Loopback Interface [ref. a. ch. a. k. a. c. ch. ch. 1] Fast Ethernet Interface [ref. g. Glossary] Serial Interface [ref. 1] Ethernet Interface [ref. 2] Duplex [ref. b. h. a. a. 5] Hub/Switch [ref. ch. 5] Encapsulation [ref. 1] Gateway [ref. 1] BGP [ref. 6] MAC [ref. ch. ch. Exam 640-801. a. d. o. t. b. a. 3] NVRAM [ref. a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Glossary] Cabling [ref. 4] IP Address [ref. ch. z. ch. y.1 CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate. ch. ch. ch. 7] ICMP [ref. a. 4] Server [ref. ch. Study Guide: 5th Edition. a. s. 1] Dynamic Routing [ref. u. ch. 10] Backbone [ref. e. a. a. ch. ch. q. a. Glossary] 85 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. i. m. l. Naval Communications Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Discuss and define the following terms in detail: a. ISBN: 9780782143119 Networking All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies. a. ch. 2nd Edition NTP 4 (E). ch. b. f. ch. Glossary] RIP [ref. a. a. n. a. a. a. a.

ch. ch.3 Discuss the basic topology of a LAN. 2] HTTP [ref. a. ch. ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. ah. 2] TFTP [ref. f. 4] show ip access-lists [ref. 4] show ip interface brief [ref. a. a. ac. ch. ch. ch. ch. a. ad. a. 6] show debug [ref. a. ch. ch. ch. a. 1] HTTPS [ref. 2] TELNET [ref. ch. 1] UDP [ref. a. 10] show ip ospf neighbor [ref. 2] TCP [ref. a. b. 2] Tunneling [ref. c. ch. 11] SMTP [ref. ch. ch. ch. [ref. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 6] POP [ref. a. e. Subnet [ref. ch. f.1 NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) aa. ab. a.4 Describe the ports and protocols used by the following network services: a. . a. a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. h. b. b. 2] VoIP [ref. 1] NetBIOS [ref. Glossary] Static Routing [ref. DNS [ref. show interface description [ref. 5] configure terminal [ref. b. Glossary] Subnet Mask [ref. 4] 86 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. b. a. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. a.5 Discuss and describe the use of the following Cisco router commands: a. af. ae. i. ch. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 2] FTP [ref. [ref. a.2 Discuss and describe the OSI model. d. a. ch. d. ag. a. c. ch. g. 5] TCP/IP [ref. a. b. a.124 124. e.

4] no debug all [ref. n. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 87 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. o.5 NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) g. ch. m. Glossary] copy running-configuration startup-configuration [ref. i. ch. l. 4] password [ref. ch. 5] show logging synchronous [ref.124 124. a. a. a. (from your command’s point of view) [refs. a. a. a. a. ch. a. a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 7] terminal monitor [ref.6 Explain troubleshooting procedures when a fleet unit contacts the NOC due to loss of connectivity on a network enclave. 9] enable [ref. ch. j. reload [ref. ch. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. a. . 4] erase [ref. k. 5] terminal no monitor [ref. ch. 4] copy tftp running-configuration [ref. c. h. p. ch.

.

Address Indicating Group (AIG). Defense Message System User’s Manual JANAP 128(J). Defense Message System. ch. 2] ADUA [ref. Naval Telecommunications Procedures.nmci. f. Collective Address Designator (CAD). f. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. m.mil) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) COMSPAWARSYSCOM E-Learning DMDS Student Guide (JUNE 2006) NAG 69C.mil) Naval Messaging (https://navalmessaging. ch. ch. q. d. LMTA [ref. 2] MS [ref. 2] UA [ref.dmshelp. 2] FORTEZZA [ref. ch. 2] BMTA [ref. ch. r. ch. f.navy. f. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine NTP 22. f. o.navy. f. f. ch. f. 2] CAW/SA [ref. ch. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. n. b. 2] DSA [ref. l. g. f. ch. f. f. ch. 2] MFI [ref.1 89 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . f. f. f. f. ch. c. Interim Operational Security Doctrine for SBU Fortezza Cards. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. f. f. e.500 Directory Distinguished Name (DN) and Mail List (ML) Registration Procedures NTP 21(A). Dated 241619Z FEB 98 Discuss and define the following terms in detail: a. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. ch. 2] IDUA [ref. 3] 125. i. ch. 2] MLA [ref.125 125 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] [j] [k] [l] [m] ACP 131(F). 2] DUA [ref. h. j. ch. ch. 2] GWS [ref. 2] DMS [ref. f. A). s. 2] CA [ref. ch. Defense Message System Local Operations and Network Management Policies and Procedures NTP 21 Supp-1. Communications Instructions Operating Signals NTP 3 Supp. Naval Communications NWP 6-01 (Rev. 2] CAW [ref. 1 Naval Telecommunications Users Manual. X. and Task Organization (TASK) Handbook NTP 4 (E). ch. f. 2] DIB [ref. Automatic Digital Network (AUTODIN) Operating Procedures DMDS Home Page (https://www. ch. 2] DMDS [ref. 2] LDSA [ref. ch. k. p. f.

u. af. g] DMDS [ref. ch. a] AUTODIN [ref. c. 1. 3] RDN [ref. ch. 2. 2] CAD [ref. f. chs. z. f. 4] a. 5] NREMS [ref. ch. ch. ad. c. v. ch. b. c. 3] X. 2] AIG [ref.125 125. f. 3] LDSA [ref. 2] AMHS [ref. 1] OPSIGS [ref. b. f.3 Discuss in detail the following message processing delivery systems: a. . 3] DN [ref. 10] X. 3] O/R ADDRESS [ref. ch. 2] DMS [refs. c. sec. 8] MTS ID [ref. aj. g. ac. b. c. 1] NDN [ref.2 Discuss and identify the following message elements: [ref. ch. f. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ae. DIT [ref. g. 1. ch. h. i. ch. ah.509 [ref. ch. b. PCMT [ref. f. e. b. ch. ag. f. ch. c. ab. g. x. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . d. ch. chs. ch.400 [ref. Service/trace message Originator Text Special handling designations Action addressee(s) Information addressee(s) Exempted addressee(s) Classification Subject ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . aa. ak. 3] ML [ref.1 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) t. ch. f. f. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 90 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. ch. y. 3] JANAP [ref. ai. 1] MCS [ref. w. f. b. ch. h. f.

8] FORTEZZA Card lockout /zeroization [ref. ch. ch. ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. e f. sec. g.24] FORTEZZA Roles [ref. 10] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Explain the process of submitting DCHD trouble tickets.7 Explain the difference between plain text and rich text. g. 3.4 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) State the purpose of the PCMCIA drive. P22 P772 ACP 120 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. g. ch. [ref. b. i] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 91 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . sec.125 125.24] FORTEZZA Card storage [ref.8 Discuss an Individual message. 3.24] FORTEZZA Cards [ref. ch. . 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 2] Signing and encrypting messages [ref. b.9 Discuss an Organizational message. m. g. ch. c. 4] a. FORTEZZA logon procedures [ref. m] X.509 certificates [ref. [ref.5 Explain the following types of messages: [ref. f. [ref. f. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. sec. m. ch. f. 3. m.6 Discuss the following operations/processes in detail: a. d. ch. g. g.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.15 Explain the purpose of the DMDS. ch. g] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Explain Public folders and how they interact with DMS. [ref. ch. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 92 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. [ref. g. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref.16 Discuss setting the following DMS message types: [ref. d. [ref.12 Discuss the Personal Address Book. Organizational Message Exercise Operation Project Drill Other-Organizational ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . f. ch.17 Explain the Individual message (working record). . g. [ref. [ref. and reason for pointing messages to this folder.125 125. c. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Discuss Personal Address Book synchronization. [ref. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. j] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . f. e.18 Explain the procedures to build a Personal folder on U/A.11 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss the Military Message properties tab. b. g. 7] a.

[ref. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain how to add an additional address book to an outlook profile.25 Discuss how key words interact with DMDS. .23 Discuss the function of each profile. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .27 93 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. sec. l.3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . sec. [ref. sec.24 Explain the purpose of the different types of profiles. i] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . l. [ref l. sec 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Define the 4 different types of profiles. l. l. [ref. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref.21 State the purpose of the Database Manager. sec.20 Explain how to verify DMS version on a DMS client. sec. [ref. [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. l.125 125. [ref l. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) State where DMDS Profiler software is stored. [ref.26 Explain the function and purpose of each DMDS tab. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . sec.

[ref. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .125 125. l sec. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . l.28 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the purpose of using an outlook profile in DMDS. [ref. [ref. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 94 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.29 Explain the importance of selecting the correct Input path. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . l.31 Explain the process of how a message is disseminated from the DMDS Profiler to its destination.30 Explain how the Personal Address Book interacts with DMDS. sec. sec.32 State the minimum hardware requirements for the DMDS workstation.

a.6 Explain how to check root’s mail and what kind of information is displayed. [ref. [ref. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 95 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS). .3 Explain the different options available in Sybase versus root. chs. [ref.4 Explain what kind of information is displayed in the system reports. a.5 Discuss the steps to display an individual printers status. a. [ref. ch.126 126 NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 126. Systems Administration Guide NSN: 0913-LP-103-7093 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Explain the steps for creating a Make Recovery disk. ch. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Explain the procedures that are taken to prep the NTCSS system for End of Month Lives. ch. [ref. 10] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. [ref. 9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. 4.

8 Explain how to verify system interfaces. a.7 NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the steps to initiate a manual backup. . 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch.126 126. ch. 12] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 96 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. [ref. [ref a.

a. Naval Communications 2006 SPAWAR C4ISR CD (SIMP. h. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. a. [ref. AND MISC INFO).2 Explain the services provided by each CENTRIXS enclave. [ref. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 7] a.127 127 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 127. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. d. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 97 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. FNG. f. c. ch.5 Discuss mail guard usage. g. .4 Explain the use of SIPRNET to CENTRIXS cross domain solution. a. ch. [ref. ch. b. e.1 NTP 4 (E). Naval Telecommunications Procedures. a. a. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Explain the purpose of High Assurance Guard. [ref. CNFC GCTF CFE MCFI CNFJ CNFK CMFP NIDTS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Explain the purpose of the different CENTRIXS enclaves: [ref.

6 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the requirements for Radiant Mercury guard.7 Explain the requirements for Reverse OWL guard.9 Explain the flow of an email from a SIPRNET user to a CENTRIXS user. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . including how often information is replicated. [ref. [ref. [ref.12 Discuss how an outage on SIPRNET affects CENTRIXS connectivity. a. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .10 Discuss the file extensions currently permitted as attachments in an e-mail. [ref. [ref. a. [ref. ch. [ref.8 Explain the requirements for New Generation DII guard. ch. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [ref. a.13 Discuss Air Gap replication. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 98 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ch.11 Explain how emails must be formatted for CENTRIXS.127 127.

ref. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 99 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch.14 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the function of MTA. ch.15 Discuss the primary function of C2PC. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.127 127. . a. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 7. [ref. a.

.

6 Discuss locked CAS accounts.5 Discuss when and how to reset a CAS account password. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] .2 Discuss how to create a CAS account. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] . [ref. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] . b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] Explain the use of CAS. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] . [ref. [ref. FNG.128 128 COLLABORATION AT SEA (CAS) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 128. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] . [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] . [ref. ref. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. ch.3 Discuss how to edit a CAS account. AND MISC INFO) Discuss the use of the Registration portal.1 NTP 4 (E). [ref.7 101 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . 8. a. Naval Communications 2006 SPAWAR C4ISR CD (SIMP.4 Discuss how to look up a CAS account.

.

c. ag. g. o.2 Discuss the roles and function of the following user profiles: [refs. d. y. . aj. n. u. ae. q. r. aa. e. v. b. b.1 Basic System Administration Tools Discuss and define the following terms: [refs. a thru c] a. af. Quit RAM ROM Save Virus Wild cards JMHS TTY PID USERNAME PRI NI SIZE RES STATE TIME %WCPU COMMAND 129. w. t. SECMAN SYSADMIN JMCIS DBADMIN ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 103 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c. z. b. Quick load Process DAT (4MM/8MM) Xterm Tracks Byte Buffer Cache Copy CPU Cursor Delete Directories Host file ATO File names Formatting Memory Peripheral equipment s. ah. x. j. i. f. d. p.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ad. c] a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.129 129 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM – MARITIME (GCCS-M) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M) Manufacturer's PC Operating Manual Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M) Afloat System Administration Course Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M) Defense Information Infrastructure (DII) / Common Operating Environment (COE) 3. k. ai. ac. ab. h. m. l.

i. format x. b. unformat ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . TDBM GMI RDBMS NID EPL NERF IMDB REFDB PROCSTORE MHSSDS MIDB ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 104 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM – MARITIME (GCCS-M) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Discuss and describe the use of the following UNIX commands: [refs. c] m. j. md r. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.129 129. c. more h. undelete n. f. grep d. cat i. mkdir e. mv b. d. head j. rd s. k. chkdsk w. rm g. ren u. time o. b.4 Discuss the functions of the following GCCS-M Databases: [refs. c] a. h. b. . pwd l. diskcopy y. e. rmdir f. del t. defrag c. xcopy a. tail k. cp v. ls p. cd q. g.

[refs. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Discuss the purpose of Unix’s Vi Editor and the associated operating modes.7 Discuss the purpose and procedure of conducting daily/nightly reboots. b. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Explain the steps involved in the Segment loading process. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . [refs. b. g. b. [refs. b.8 Discuss the process of clearing out the TDBM. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . i. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. [refs. . k. c] a.5 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM – MARITIME (GCCS-M) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) Explain the steps involved in the “Quick load” process. c. f. e.10 State the function of the following Vi editor’s cursor/word/line movement commands: [refs. h. d. H J K L #W #B #E G A R J ZZ ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 105 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. j.129 129. [refs. b. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b. b. l.

.

b. where they are located. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. i. b.1 NTP 4 (E). l. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. j. g. h. [ref. Defense Information Systems Agency European Central Region Network Operations Center Global Network Operations and Security Center Indian Ocean Region Network Operations Center Marine Corps Network Operations and Security Center Navy Cyber Defense Operations Center Navy Network Information Center Navy Root DNS NMCI ONE-NET Pacific Region Network Operations Center Unified Atlantic Region Network Operations Center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Describe the necessary information needed for an IP Services Request message.130 130 NETWORK OPERATIONS CENTER (NOC) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] 130. h. k. d. g. d. . Ch. e. i. Naval Communications. ADMS/Legacy ADNS AoR ATO/IATO CHOP DISN HSGR N2N ENMS/TMS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . a] a. e.2 Define and describe the following terms: [ref. f. b. what their functions are and which customers they service: [ref. a] a. f. 2 Global Communications Information Bulletin 3A (GCIB-3A) Discuss the following sites. c. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 107 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c. par.

.

d. ch. h. c. d] a.2 Discuss the functions of the following communications watch stations: [ref. e. b. Module 1-Administration and Security Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Discuss the functions of the following areas: [ref. j. ref. 3. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. CWO MPC Supervisor Technical Control (TST) Supervisor IWS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Standard Organization and Regulations of the U. 1. MPC (fleet center) Technical/Facility Control IWS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .32C. Naval Communications OPNAVINST 3120. c. ch. . b. f. b. Information Systems Technician Training Series.131 131 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) FUNDAMENTALS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 131. d] a.S. d] a. a. k. 2. i. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. CO XO Operations CDO/OOD NAVCOMMTELSTA/NCTAMS RITSC Earth stations Communications/Radio Officer Navigation Combat systems/weapons Engineering 109 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. Navy (SORM) NAVEDTRA 14222. g. d.1 NTP 4 (E).3 Describe the functional relationships of communications to the following departments/individuals: [ref. c. ref. ref. c. b.

m. q. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. n. o. .131 131. p. Supply Deck Admin/Dental/Medical Air detachment Embarked staff CSOOW ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 110 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) FUNDAMENTALS (CONT’D) l.

200.1 INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS In this section. Do not expect to see every item which appears on a parts list to be in the PQS. the equipment is broken down into smaller. It asks for the static facts of what or where the components and component parts are in relation to the system. It specifies the parameters that must be immediately recalled. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 FORMAT Each system is organized within the following format: • • • • • It lists the references to be used for study and asks you to explain the function of each system.200 200. The less complex systems may be identified and covered quickly or relegated to a lower priority to permit greater emphasis on more significant or complex systems.2 COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS For learning purposes each system is disassembled into two levels. 200. Normally a number of very broad (overview) systems are disassembled into their components or parts with the big picture as the learning goal. Items listed as components in such a system may then be analyzed as separate systems and broken down into components and parts. It requires study of the relationship between the system being studied and other systems or areas. Systems have components and components have parts. Only those items which must be understood for operation/maintenance are listed. functional systems as basic building blocks in the learning process. 111 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Example: the turbogenerators may be listed as a component of the Ship’s Service Electrical Distribution system and then later detailed as an individual system for closer study. . Each system is written to reflect specific watchstation requirements by identifying the equipment most relevant to one or more designated watchstanders. It directs attention to the dynamics of how the component and component parts operate to make the system function. more comprehensible.

The Qualifier will give you an oral examination on each system and.4 INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS (CONT’D) HOW TO COMPLETE The systems you must complete are listed in the Prerequisites section of each watchstation. will sign the appropriate system line items. You will be expected to demonstrate through oral or written examination a thorough understanding of each system required for your watchstation. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. if satisfied you have sufficient knowledge of the system.200 200. When you have mastered one or more systems. . contact your Qualifier. 112 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

B. Circuit breaker on/off switch 2. Power fault indicator 7. Program fault CLR switch 10. 201. chs. Logic power on/off switch 5. J. 2. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat _________________________ GRAPHICS BASE LINE _________________________ 201. G.201 201 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V2 References: [a] NCTS 50C1012 OM-V2R11. C. Program fault indicator 9. Logic power indicator 6. E. Blower power indicator 4. AN/UYK-20(V) CPU front panel controls 1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What are the interlocks? Questions ABCDGH ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG NAVMACS V-2 a. Program run indicator 113 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1. c] A. Blower power on/off switch 3. 3. D.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. refs. I. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.19E. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator’s Manual [b] Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) [c] Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) [d] OPNAVINST 5100. a. . b. H. Power fault CLR switch 8. F.

34. 17. 27. 33. 44. 15. 36. 46. 11.1. 14. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Over temperature indicator Audible alarm Alarm enable/disable/test Battle short on/off switch Battle short indicator Bootstrap 1-2 switch Load/stop switch Auto start/start switch Stop switch MA clear push button switch Program run indicator/switch Power fault indicator/switch Program fault indicator/switch Program stop indicator Program stop 1/off switch Program stop 2/off switch Mode micro step indicator/switch Mode OP step indicator/switch Mode run indicator/switch Processor disable RT CLK disable/Int/Ext switch Processor disable ADV P switch Processor disable intercomputer time out switch Break PT read/off switch Break PT write/off switch Diagnostic JP switch Diagnostic display switch Register/data 0 through 15 indicators/switches Alter mode set/clear switch Register/data SWT/CLR push button Micro ADRS indicator/switch Micro INSTR indicator/switch Normal DSPL indicator/switch INSTR REG indicator/switch GENL DISP indicator/switch GENL REG indicator/switch Display number 3. 43. 37. 47. 1. 25. 23. 28. 21. 45. 2. 16.201 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONT’D) a. 29. . 42. 12. 22. 48. 39. 35. 26. 31. 24. 41. 40. 38.1 114 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 19. 18. 20. 30. 13. 0 indicators/switches Display select CLR switch Time meter Questions ABG ABG ABG ABEFG ABEFG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG 201. 32.

Read/write heads AN/USH-26(V) CMTU 1. 115 Vdc indicator 6. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Teletype current adjust 7. Power on/off switch 2. e. 115 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Equipment front panel (a) Power on/off switch (b) Power indicator (c) Recorder select switch 2. Front panel (a) Master clear switch (b) Over temperature indicator (c) Alarm enable/off/test switch (d) Bat short on/off switch (e) Bat short indicator (f) Power indicator (g) Power on/off switch (h) CMPTR1 indicator (i) CMPTR2 indicator (j) CMPTR1/MPX/CMPTR2 switch (k) Drive operator INT indicator (l) Drive busy indicator (m) Drive safe indicator (n) Drive select indicator (o) Audible alarm 2.1 c. Recorder control panel(s) 3. Tape drive assembly (a) Drive hot indicator (b) Drive online/offline switch (c) Drive eject/unload control (d) CMTU time meter Questions ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABCDGJ ABCDGJ AB ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABCDEGI ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABGI ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABFG ABG ABG ABG 201. Patching channels Controls on the TT-624(V)/UG line printer RD-396(V)1/U cassette magnetic tape unit 1. Channel monitor (loop current meter) 4.201 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONT’D) b. CV-3022/UG controls 1. Channel monitor selector switch 3. d. .1. 130 Vdc indicator 5.

ch. Power indicator 3. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. . app.4.4 201. ref. Tape level 5-8-7 switch Questions ABCDEG ABG ABG ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI 201. a. Slew left/right switch 7. 12. c] a. c] a. .1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. ref.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.201 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONT’D) f.1. ch. RD-397(V)/U HSPTR/P 1.2 201. 12.2 Loss of air-conditioning Loss of 400 Hz power . Read/start push button/indicator 9.3 201. B. Power switch 2.2. b.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 201. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 How does this system interface with the following: [refs. Punch/off/leader switch 6. b. c. Remote/dupe/test switch 5. a. Rewind/off/take-up switch 4. b. Online/load switch 8. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 201. NOW terminal AN/UGC-143 keyboard (if applicable) CUDIXS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 116 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

201 201.5. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 117 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.5 201.1 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONT’D) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

.

Blower power indicator 4. Battle short indicator 119 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. Audible alarm 6. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. E. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What are the interlocks? Questions ABCDFGH ABCDGIJ ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABEFG ABEFG [b] [c] [d] [e] 202. (NAVMACS II). Circuit breaker on/off switch 2. AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual.1 202. 01). F. Naval Modular Automated Communications System II. refs.23G. G. Over temperature indicator 5. D. c] A. C. H. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. Operational Procedures and Instructions Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.1 NAVMACS II a. b.202 202 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) References: [a] EE685-CM-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP) (Rev. Alarm enable/disable/test 7.1. J. B. . 2. a. I. Ch. Battle short on/off switch 8. Blower power on/off switch 3. Volume 1.19E. AN/SYQ-7A(V) 1. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual.

120 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. m.3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 202. k. g. Keyboard Monitor CPU Printer UPS Associated crypto X terminal VME chassis 1. i. c.1 j. . c. b.2.5 floppy drive 2. l.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a block diagram of the following systems and show the path: [refs. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 202. 3.3 CUDIX Fleet broadcast FSM Afloat GATEGUARD Explain the proper power up/power down procedures. f.202 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) (CONT’D) b. c] a.1.2 . e.2 202. d. b. c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. d. 5. b.25 floppy drive 3. DVD drive DAT tape drive Broadcast FSM CUDIXS Afloat SHF GATEGUARD Questions ABG ABCG ABCG ABCG ABCFG ABCDGH ABCDGI ABCDGI ABG ABG ABG ABG ABCDGHI ABCDGHI ABCDGHI ABCDGHI 202. n. [refs. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. h. .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c] a.1 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. Loss of 400 Hz power Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 202. b.4 202.202 202. d. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 121 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. b.5.5 202.4.

.

B. STATUS CONNECT selector 8. 203. Switching Matrix.19E. refs. TRUNK/SHORT affected selector 10. E. MONITOR connect/disconnect selector 6. MONITOR PLAIN/CIPHER indicators/selectors 2.203 203 SA-2112(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (RED) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 203. LINE/CHANNEL/TRUNK selector/LED display 123 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1. STATUS ASSIGN selector 9. Control and status panel 1. MONITOR DETECT/PTT ON/DISCONNECT indicators 3. PROGRAM assign/deny selector 7. SA-2112 (V)/STQ Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. 4. Operation and Maintenance Instructions. D. STATUS MONITOR. Local/remote MODE selector 4. Ch.23G. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. c] A. a. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. FUNCTION CLEAR selector 5. CONNECT.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What is the function of each position? Questions A ABC AB AB ABE AB ABE ABE AB AB ABE ABE SA-2112(V)/STQ SAS (red) a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ASSIGN. C. b. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref.1 EE107-AA-OMI-010/E110SA 2112 CHG1. ch. .

ch. 4] State the proper procedure of the following: [ref. c. 17. PTT/HOOK switch PLAIN/CIPHER/DISCONNECT/DETECT indicators REMOTE CHANNEL SELECT 1. 14. Input power switch 2. 4] a. . a.2. b.1.3 Select a channel from a remote telephone set Perform manual patching Assign lines/channels/trunks . Circuit breakers 2. a. c. READY/NO ACCESS indicators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 203. ch. b. Power supply panel 1.2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. 12. Hours meter Air intake panel 1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 13. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 124 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. REQUEST push button 2. Blower fuses 3. 15.203 203. 16. .1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.2 Telephone sets a. AC power indicator c.1 SA-2112(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (RED) (CONT’D) a.2 203. ch. Dim control 3. . 11. Operation ILLEGAL/UNAVAILABLE/COMPLETE lights Status OVERFLOW selector Keyboard numerals and CLEAR button ENTER selector FAULT OVERFLOW selector/LED display ALARM SILENCE/FAULT RESET selectors PANEL TEST selector Questions AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABC ABD AB AB AB AB AB ABC AB AB AB AB AB AB b. a.

. Secure voice systems Non-secure voice systems EMS . ch. SYSTEM INTERFACE How does a loss of electrical power affect the operation of this system? [ref.1 SA-2112(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (RED) (CONT’D) PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. b.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.4 203. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.203 203. 8] a.4. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 125 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 203. ch. d. a. c.5 203.3 203.5. a. 7] How does this system interface with the following: [ref.

.

23G. Ch. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual.1 What is its function? Where is it located? Questions A AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB SA-2112A(V)/STQ SAS (black) a.1 SA-2112A (V) STQ-Single Audio System (SAS) Applicable Manufacturer's Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. n. b. f. g. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. d.1. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. k. o. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. i. . h. m. PTT ON indicator Mode selector FUNCTION CLEAR button MONITOR connect/disconnect button PROGRAM connect/disconnect button STATUS CONNECT pushbutton STATUS MONITOR pushbutton Status TRK SHT/LN AFCTD pushbutton OPERATION ILLEGAL indicator light OPERATION UNAVAILABLE indicator light OPERATION COMPLETE indicator light STATUS OVERFLOW pushbutton ENTER pushbutton FAULT NUMBER/LOCATION display FAULT OVERFLOW pushbutton 127 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. j. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.19E. B.204 204 SA-2112A(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (BLACK) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 204. a thru c] A. e. l. 204.

1 . c. a thru c] Explain the proper procedures to: [refs. Audio-terminal equipment MF/HF transmitters/receivers UHF/VHF transmitters/receivers/transceivers HFRG EMS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 128 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. r. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. a] a. d. a] How does this system interface with the following: [ref. a thru c] a. e. . t. q.3 204.2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b.3 Energize set Program line-to-trunk connection Monitor connection Upload/download system configuration .4 204. b. ALARM SILENCE pushbutton FAULT RESET pushbutton BATTLE SHORT switch LAMP TEST pushbutton Hand set Questions AB AB AB AB AB ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 204. c.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. . s. SYSTEM INTERFACE How does a loss of electrical power affect the operation of this system? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 204.4. d.2 204.1 SA-2112A(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (BLACK) (CONT’D) p.2.2 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed.204 204.1.

1 SA-2112A(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (BLACK) (CONT’D) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.5 204.204 204.5. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 129 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

.

. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 205. m. j. c. g.23G. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. f. b. C. B. k. i.1 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) Applicable Manufacturer's Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. D. Ch. e. h. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.1 ANCC a. RIU RMSA 2000 RED/BLACK RMSA 4000 SPS 64 MPS 16 System Control Processor MCM-16 PIM AIM 800 DIM-414-3 DIH-264 DTB/DTB-530 DCB/DCB-530 131 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.19E.1.205 205 AUTOMATED NETWORK CONTROL CENTER (ANCC) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 205. d. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. l. a thru c] A.

2 205. . FILTER ON CCSD Macro Query Test Loopback Unloop Connect/Disconnect Test Connect/Disconnect Ports MTRX Outage Broadcast Connect/Disconnect . f.1. a] a. h. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. g. DIU-6HS DIU-6LS IXS Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205.205 205. b.2 . d. e.3 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205.3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS: – None to be discussed. 132 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c. i.1 AUTOMATED NETWORK CONTROL CENTER (ANCC) (CONT’D) n.2. o.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. j. p. a thru c] Explain the following functions: [ref.

4. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 205. c] a. d.5.5 205. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 133 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.205 205.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. b. c.1 AUTOMATED NETWORK CONTROL CENTER (ANCC) (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. Loss/fluctuation of electrical power Loss of power supply Corrupt database ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205. b.

.

Control and status panel 1. 206. a thru c] A. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. Interface Control Processor 3. I/O Cards 7. Black Tactical Switch 5. D. Red Matrix Engine 6.19E. Private Branch Exchange 10. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Black Matrix Unit 11. B. PCU Chassis 135 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Trunk PCU 9. .1 AN/USQ-155 (V) Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) Manufacturer's Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. Red Conference Switch 4. E.TVS a. C.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCE ABC AB AB ABE AB ABE ABE AB AB ABE ABE AB AB AN/USQ-155 (V)1. Recorder PCU 8. Line PCU 12.1.206 206 AN/USQ-155 (V)1 TACTICAL VARIANT SWITCH (TVS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 206. Control PC with CorScan 2.

a] How does this system interface with the following: [ref. b. a] a.1.2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. Blower fuses Questions ABC ABD AB ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 206. Circuit breakers 2. . a] What is the proper procedure to: [ref. .2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4. SYSTEM INTERFACE How does a loss of electrical power affect the operation of this system? [ref. a] a.2 206. b.1 AN/USQ-155 (V)1 TACTICAL VARIANT SWITCH (TVS) (CONT’D) b.3 Perform manual patching Assign lines/channels/trunks . a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 206.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.2 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 136 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Power supply panel 1.3 206.4 206.206 206. Secure voice systems Non-secure voice systems .

5.206 206. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 137 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.5 206. .1 AN/USQ-155 (V)1 TACTICAL VARIANT SWITCH (TVS) (CONT’D) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

.

207 207 FLEET SINGLE-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE M) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] SPAWARINST 2700. 5 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) OPNAVINST 5100.9 . Ch.10 .3 . Communications Quality Monitoring System.1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 . E.1 . Sec.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.19E.1.7 .4 . . a thru c] A. C.11 Questions Fleet single-channel radio teletypewriter broadcast (type M) system ACDFG Receive antenna ABFG Receive antenna patch panel ABF Receive antenna filter/coupler ABF Receiver ABDFGH Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) ABF Converter/comparator group ABDFGH Black patch panel ABF Associated crypto devices ABCDEFGH Red patch panel ABF NOW/NAVMACS ABCFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 139 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 4. H. G. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? 207.6 . D. F. B. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs.5 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat _________________________ GRAPHICS BASE LINE _________________________ 207.8 .

a] A. a. B. c] a.1 FLEET SINGLE-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE M) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. .2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a thru c] Draw a diagram of this system and show the path of: [refs.3 RF from the antenna to receiver AF from the receiver to the converter/comparator dc from the converter/comparator to the NOW terminal .207 207. c. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 207. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD 207.3. b. C.1 .3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.2.3 Receiver audio output level Red/Black patch panel monitoring Converter/comparator levels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 140 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. D. answer the following questions: [ref. b. .2 .2 207. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

b.207 207. .5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI How does this system interface with NAVMACS? [refs. c] a. c. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 207. .1 FLEET SINGLE-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE M) SYSTEM (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.5 207.4. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 141 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a. b.4 207.

.

4. Ch.19E. D.6 .2 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat EE132-AN-MMO-010/AN/USQ-122A(V) Technical Manual.8 Questions Fleet multi-channel radio teletypewriter broadcast (type N) system ACDGH Receive antenna ABGH SSR-1 ABCDEGHI USQ-122A(V) High Speed Fleet BCST System ABCDEFGHI Black patch panel ABG Associated crypto devices ABCDFGHI Red patch panel ABG NOW/NAVMACS ABCGH ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 143 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? 208.1 . e] A. a thru c. USQ-122(V) Data Terminal Set SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.1.1. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs.7 .208 208 FLEET MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE N) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] SPAWARINST 2700. B. I.3 . ref. Communications Quality Monitoring System.5 . C. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 208. Sec. E. . H. F. G.4 . 6 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.

2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.1 . . . C. c. a thru c] A. answer the following questions: [refs. B. a thru c] Draw a diagram of this system and show the path of: [refs.1 FLEET MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE N) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD 208. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 208.2 208. b.2 Red/Black patch panel monitoring Terminal equipment levels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 144 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 RF from the antenna to the receiver AF from the receiver to the multi-channel terminal equipment dc from the multi-channel terminal equipment to the printer . a thru c] a.3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.3.208 208.2. D. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

c.4.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref.1 FLEET MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE N) SYSTEM (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.208 208. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal/satellite Shipboard RFI ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 208. c] a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 208. . b. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 145 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a.5 208.

.

F. E. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.2 .1 . H.23G. Ch.19E. a thru c] A.7 . 209.1.8 . . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.9 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.209 209 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER SHIP/SHORE/SHIP (TYPE D/G) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 209.6 .1 Applicable High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. D.5 . B.10 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions HF Radio teletypewriter ship/shore/ship (type D/G) system Receive antenna Receive antenna patch panel Receive antenna filter/coupler Receiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Tone terminal equipment (send/receive) Black patch panel Associated crypto devices Red patch panel ACDGH ABCDGH ABG ABCDGH ABCDEFGHI ABGHI ABGH ABG ABCDFGHI ABG 147 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. G.4 .3 . I. C.

11 .1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .2 209.21 209.13 .16 . [refs. b.15 .12 .3 148 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.209 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER SHIP/SHORE/SHIP (TYPE D/G) (CONT’D) NOW/NAVMACS Crypto remote control transfer panel Crypto remote control Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) Transmitter Transmitter coupler Converter Amplifier Transmitter antenna patch panel Transmitter antenna Transmitter remote control ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABCGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABCDGHI ABCDG ABCDG ABCDG ABG ABCDEGH ABGH 209. a thru c] Draw a diagram of Delta/Golf systems and show the signal flow.2.2 .17 .19 .1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.20 .18 .14 . c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

1 .5. B.6 Receiver audio output level Terminal equipment receive audio level Terminal equipment send level Red/Black Patch panel monitoring Transmit power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 209.4 . d. d.4.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.3.5 .209 209. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 209.4 209. a thru c] A. answer the following questions: [refs. b. c. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 149 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c] a.5 209. . C. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Loss of power Shipboard RFI ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 209.1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.3 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER SHIP/SHORE/SHIP (TYPE D/G) (CONT’D) PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.3 .2 . D.

.

Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. C.1 210.1 BFEM system a. c. D. a thru c] A. e. F. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. g. f.1. G. E. Client Server Ethernet LAN (4 port hub) Level converter Crypto device HF modem HF transmitter HF receiver ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 151 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d. b. h. . What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDEF ABC ABCG AB ABC ABCDF ABCDG ABCDG ABCDG 210.210 210 BATTLE FORCE EMAIL (BFEM) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] Battle Force Electronic Mail System Operating Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. B. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.19E.

a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: a. Adverse atmospheric conditions [refs. b.210 210.4 210.2 210.3 210.2. c. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . b. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 152 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c] Loss of air-conditioning [refs. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. b. d.2 210.5 210. b.1 BATTLE FORCE EMAIL (BFEM) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 210.4. c] Incorrect STANAG address listing [ref. c] Loss/fluctuation of electrical power [refs.

Ch. E.3 . Ch. 4. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. F.10 HF non-secure voice (type Y) system Receiver antenna Receiver antenna patch panel Receiver antenna coupler/filter Receiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) 153 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs.8 .7 .19E. H. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. 13 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.1.23G. .6 . C.9 .1 211. I.4 .1 . D.1.2 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. a thru c] A.211 211 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE Y) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] SPAWARINST 2700. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDEGH ABCDGHI ABCDGH ABG ABCDGHI ABG ABCDGFHI ABCDFGHI ABG ABG 211. G. B. Sec. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. Communications Quality Monitoring System.5 .

[refs. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 .1 .12 .2 211.3 211.11 . D.211 211. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD 211.14 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE Y) SYSTEM (CONT’D) Transmitter Transmitter antenna patch panel Transmitter antenna coupler Transmitter antenna ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABCDGHI ABG ABG AB 211. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. C.3 Receiver audio levels Transmitter output power levels Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 154 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow.1 . a.1. answer the following questions: [refs.3.13 . a thru c] A. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. B.

1 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE Y) SYSTEM (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 211. b. c.5 211.4. . a.211 211. d. d.4 211.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. c] a. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 155 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

.

212 212 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE S) SYSTEM
References: [a] [b] [c] [d] Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a, b] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDGH ABCDGHI ABCDGH ABG ABCDGHI ABG ABCDFGHI ABCDEGHI ABG ABG ABCDGHI ABG ABG AB

212.1

212.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 .13 .14

HF secure voice (type S) system Receiver antenna Receiver antenna patch panel Receiver antenna coupler/filter Receiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) Transmitter Transmitter antenna patch panel Transmitter antenna coupler Transmitter antenna ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

157 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

212
212.2 212.2.1 .2

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE S) SYSTEM (CONT’D)
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. [refs. a, b] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. a, b] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

212.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [ref. a] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

212.3.1 .2 .3

Receiver audio levels Transmitter output power levels Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

212.4 212.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, b] a. b. c. d. e. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power Loss of crypto

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

158 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

212
212.5 212.5.1

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE S) SYSTEM (CONT’D)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. c, d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

159 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

213

213 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER (TYPE B/C) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 213.1 Applicable Ultra High Frequency Radio Teletypewriter Tech Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 213.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDGH ABCDGH ABG ABCDGH ABCDEFGHI ABGHI ABGH ABG ABCDFGHI ABG

UHF radio teletypewriter (type B/C) system Antenna Antenna patch panel Antenna filter/coupler Transceiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Tone terminal equipment (send/receive) Black patch panel Associated crypto devices Red patch panel

161 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

213

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER (TYPE B/C) SYSTEM (CONT’D)
NOW/NAVMACS Crypto remote control transfer panel Crypto remote control Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) Transmitter remote control Converter Amplifiers ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABCGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABGH

213.1.11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17

213.2 213.2.1 .2

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of both systems and show the signal flow. [refs. b, c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

162 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

213
213.3

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER (TYPE B/C) SYSTEM (CONT’D)
PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

213.3.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6

Receiver audio output level Terminal equipment receive audio level Terminal equipment send level Black/Red patch panel monitoring Transmit power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

213.4 213.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. Scintillation Loss of signal Loss of dc power Shipboard RFI

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 213.5 213.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

163 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

214 214 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE U) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System, Ch. 4, Sec. 11 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDGH ACDGHI ABDGH ABCDEGHI ABG ABCDFGHI ABCDEGHI ABG ABGl

214.1

214.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9

UHF non-secure voice (type U) system Antenna Antenna coupler Transceiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer patch panel ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

165 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.214 214. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3. [refs.3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.2 214.2. a. answer the following questions: [refs.3 214. C.1 .2 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE U) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD 214. D.1 . a thru c] A. B.3 Receive audio levels Transmitter output power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 166 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs.2 . c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. a. b.4. c] a. c. .5.1 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE U) SYSTEM (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. d.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.4 214. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 167 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 214. d.5 214.214 214.

.

Vol. 215. 9 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. G. Sec.5 . D.3 . a thru c] A.23G. Ch. B.19E.215 215 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE R) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 215.9 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDFGH ACDGHI ABDGH ABCDEGHI ABG ABCDFGHI ABCDEGHI ABG ABGl UHF secure voice (type R) system Antenna Antenna coupler Transceiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer patch panel ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 169 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. . 4.4 .1 SPAWARINST 2700.1 . 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. E. II. C9 OPNAVINST 5100. Communications Quality Monitoring System. F. Ch.7 . H. Ch. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. C. I. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat.8 . identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs.2 .6 .1.1.

3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.4.2 215.2 . c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . d.3 215. a.4 215. c. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.2. [refs. a thru c] A.3. b. answer the following questions: [refs. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 . .2 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE R) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow.1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. B. C. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD 215.1 .3 Receive audio levels Transmitter output power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 215. D. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 170 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.215 215. c] a. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5 215.5. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 171 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d.215 215.1 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE R) SYSTEM (CONT’D) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. .

.

What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCG Transceiver Interconnecting group Cryptographic equipment Red/black patch panel NOW/NAVMACS Antenna ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCEFG ABCEF ABEF 216. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. f. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 IXS a.23G. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 173 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b.1. a thru c] A.1 216. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. . D.216 216 SATELLITE INFORMATION EXCHANGE SUBSYSTEM (IXS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] NTP 2. C. F. Section 2 (E). Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. G.19E. d. E. Navy Ultra High Frequency Satellite Communications Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. B. Ch. e. c.

a. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 174 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. [refs.2 SATELLITE INFORMATION EXCHANGE SUBSYSTEM (IXS) (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. .2 216. c] a. a thru c] What is the proper procedure to accomplish the following: [refs.1 . c.4 Activation Deactivation Frequency shifts Loss of crypto Loss of signal . e. . c.4. c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 216. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. d.5 216. a thru c] a. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. f. b.2.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. b. e. d.216 216. b.3 216.4 216.5. d.3 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of transmission media Loss of frequency standard Atmospheric conditions Shipboard RFI/EMI ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 216.

F. E. Orientation and Familiarization Handbook Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. C.1 SINCGARS a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c. f. Ch. a thru c] A. B.1 217.23G. e. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. . identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. d. SRCS SIU Multicouplers Antennas Transceiver Crypto ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 175 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.1. G. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDE ABCE ABCDE ABCDEFG ABCEF ABCDEFG ABCDEFG References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 217. D.217 217 SINGLE CHANNEL GROUND AND AIRBORNE RADIO SYSTEM (SINCGARS) AN/SRC-54. Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS).19E.

Loss of air-conditioning Loss/variation of power Loss of master controller Loss of portable radios ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 217.5 217.4.3 217.3 SINGLE CHANNEL GROUND AND AIRBORNE RADIO SYSTEM (SINCGARS) (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a block diagram of the system and show signal flow.1 . SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.217 217.2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. d.2 217.4 217. b. .1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. [ref. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs.5. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 217. b. d. c. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 176 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c] a. b. b] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.2 .1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed.

Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. c. f] Cryptographic device [ref. a] NECC [ref. . C. 1 Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. F.1 . 20 Shipboard RCSS NECC Manual Satellite Communications FOT Vol. USC-38 Satellite CommunicationsGeneral. d. Ch.1 EE130-AG-HBK-030 VOL. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF 218. D. a] . E. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. System Users Handbook Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c. B. f] EHF communications equipment group a. 1] TIP [ref.23G. g. e Legacy [ref. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 177 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch.2 EHF satellite communications [refs.1. 2 REVISION 01. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: A. c] FOT [ref. b.218 218 AN/USC-38 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] 218.19E. b.

2. ch. h. ch. i] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 218. 4] Improper use of TRANSEC keys [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 218. b. d. h. 1-6] a. a. b. e. . a. a. ch.4 218. 7] Loss of navigational data input [ref.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: a.2 Unauthorized movement of the spot beam [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 218. h. ch. a.5 218. e. ref.1 . b. c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.2 . MILSTAR satellite interoperability with other MILSTAR satellites MILSTAR satellite interoperability with UFO-E and FLTSAT satellites .3 218. ref. ch. c. h. 5. 7] Atmospheric conditions [ref.5.4.3 What are the FIREBERD settings to perform a BER test? [ref. ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 178 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 AN/USC-38 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show signal flow.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. a] Loss of power [ref. 1-5. f. chs. d. . 3] How does this system interface with the following: [ref. [ref.218 218. Figure 2] Relation of allocated bandwidth to circuit availability [ref.

.219 219 ADVANCED DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM (ADMS) ST-1000 References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] 219. j. h. C. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Power switch Alarm status NCP-3 SDM-8E V. 3. b. g. e. c. refs. 219.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCDE AB AB ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ST-1000 a. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref.11 T1M-4 DS1 LGM-2 ASM-16C ASM-12 LXM RXM 179 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. i. d. E.1.19E. ch. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual Synchrony SNMS Operations HSGR TNX-1100 User/Admin SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. f. f] A. Rev. b. a.1 ADMS ST-1000 System Administrator’s Guide. 8 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. c. B. D.

.3 What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref.2 Setup and connect data link Setup and connect channel Setup phone lines Setup and connect high/low speed data circuits Perform loop testing Monitor and clear alarm queue Define and monitor system parameters .2.1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 219. SGM CPS SNMS Questions ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE 219. c.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow.3 219. f] a. e. e.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS Explain the commands for following procedures: [ref.3. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. b. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 180 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 5. 6.1 . refs. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 219. [refs.2 219. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs.219 ADVANCED DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM (ADMS) ST-1000 (CONT’D) k. c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. g. f. a. l. . m. chs.1. d. ch. b. c.

5 219. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 181 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. g] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 219.4. b.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref.2 Loss of signal Loss/fluctuation of power How does ST-1000 interface with HSGR? [ref. .5. c] a.1 ADVANCED DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM (ADMS) ST-1000 (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.219 219. b.4 219. .

.

g. b. a thru c] A. m.1 TimePlex Group LINK/2+ Command Message Summary and DIP Switch Summary Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. o. n. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. l. . Power switch Alarm status QSP.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCDE AB AB ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE LINK/2+ a. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. k. 220. D. i.1.2 QSP. B. h. c. C.12 ILP QAM FXS/FXO QVM EVM ILC NCL VSM QSC DRE DRC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 183 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d.220 220 LINK/2+ References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 220. e. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. E. f.19E. j.

3 220.2 220. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. b. h. c.12 QSP. e. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 184 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . f.1 LINK/2+ (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs. e.3. a.2 Setup and connect data link Setup and connect channel Setup phone lines Setup and connect high/low speed data circuits Perform loop testing Monitor and clear alarm queue Define and monitor system parameters Explain the functions and limitations of the following: [ref. c] a.3 VSM.3 What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref.2.2 220. ch. j. QSP. f. d. c. d.2 NCL ILC Backplane QAM QSC FXS/FXO VSM. g. g. . b. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a] a. e.220 220. i.5 .1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS Explain the commands for following procedures: [refs. .

c] a.220 220. .5 220.4 220.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. b. b. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 185 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Loss of signal Loss/fluctuation of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 220.1 LINK/2+ (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.4.5.

.

g.2 AN/WSC-6 SHF SATCOM set WSC-6(V) antenna group a. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. antenna antenna control unit servo electric unit low noise amplifier high noise amplifier electronics cabinet cesium beam frequency prime power distribution unit 187 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEF ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE 221. B. h. f.1. Section 1 (E). C. F. d.221 221 AN/WSC-6 DEFENSE SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SET References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] NTP 2. c. a thru d] A.19E. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs.1 . D.1 221. e. b. E. Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications AN/WSC-6 Applicable Manufacturer’s Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual OPNAVINST 5100.

1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. CQM-248A modem SLM-3650 modem MD-1366A EBEM modem 70 MHz patch panel/SB-4126/WSC IF patch panel SB-183/SB-4124/WSC data patch panel Questions ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE 221. [ref.1 . b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.2 221. d.2.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow.3 188 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref e. e. b. d] a. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of ship’s gyro Atmospheric conditions . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. c. . ch. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.3 221. b.4. c.1.3 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.4 221.221 AN/WSC-6 DEFENSE SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SET (CONT’D) Modem group interface a. b] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.3. b. d. c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.

Secure voice operation LDR data circuits HDR data circuits _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 221. f] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 189 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. d] a.2 AN/WSC-6 DEFENSE SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SET (CONT’D) How does this system interface with the following: [refs. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.221 221. a.5. c.4. .5 221. b.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref.

.

B. D. . Section 1 (E). d. b. g.1 . antenna antenna control unit servo electric unit low noise amplifier high noise amplifier electronics cabinet cesium beam frequency prime power distribution unit 191 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEF ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE 222.222 222 AN/WSC-8 COMMERCIAL WIDEBAND SATELLITE PROGRAM SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] 222.1 NTP 2. e. f. c. C. Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications AN/WSC-8 Applicable Manufacturer’s Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.1. F. E. h. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru d] A.19E.2 AN/WSC-8 SHF SATCOM set WSC-8(V) antenna group a.

f. d.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ch. b] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. d.4.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref.3 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 222. d] a. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 222.1. b. b. c.1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs.1 . .3. c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.222 AN/WSC-8 COMMERCIAL WIDEBAND SATELLITE PROGRAM SYSTEM (CONT’D) Modem group interface a. [ref. CQM-248A modem MD-1030B modem MD-1366A EBEM modem 70 MHz patch panel/SB-4126/WSC IF patch panel SB-183/SB-4124/WSC data patch panel Questions ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE 222. c.4 222. e.3 222. b.2 222.2. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of ship’s gyro Atmospheric conditions . b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 222.3 192 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

. c. d] a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.222 222. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 193 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.5 222.5.4.2 AN/WSC-8 COMMERCIAL WIDEBAND SATELLITE PROGRAM SYSTEM (CONT’D) How does this system interface with the following: [refs. Secure voice operation LDR data circuits HDR data circuits _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 222. b.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. a.

.

1] A.2 AN/USR-10(V) GBS SATCOM set AN/USR-10 (V) antenna group a. E. h.23G. B. D. d.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. k. j. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref.1. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 5100.1 . .19E. i. ch. C. ref. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat 223. Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications EE160-AH-MMC-010 EE130-JQ-OMP-010/176-5 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) OPNAVINST 5100. F.223 AN/USR-10(V) GLOBAL BROADCAST SYSTEM (GBS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] NTP 2. b. Section 1 (E). c. antenna antenna control unit servo electric unit low noise amplifier high noise amplifier electronics cabinet cesium beam frequency prime power distribution unit CS-100s Computer Ethernet Switch Media Converters 195 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. f. c. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEF ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE 223. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. g. b. ch 3. ref. e. a.

d.4 223. ref.1.4. c.2 AN/USR-10(V) GLOBAL BROADCAST SYSTEM (GBS) (CONT’D) l. ch 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 223. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. [ref.2.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow. m. d. d] a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of ship’s gyro Atmospheric conditions . o. . c. b. d] a.1 . . c. b. a.2 223.223 223.3 How does this system interface with the following: [refs. d] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. 3. n. chs. c. 1] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.3 223. b. b. KG-250 IRD DAS RBM Questions ABE ABE ABE ABE ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 223. 4. ch. SIPRNET NIPRNET JCA Imagery Video Broadcast ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 196 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

f] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 197 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.5 239.1 AN/USR-10(V) GLOBAL BROADCAST SYSTEM (GBS) (CONT’D) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.223 223. e. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5.

.

n. g. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. h. m. b. l. ch. c] A. 3. refs.2 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEFG ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB Shipboard communications quality monitoring system Analyzer/generator a. b.19E.1.224 224 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 224. a. B. E. D. PWR switch PWR indicator lamp Baud rate switch Multiplier Input select POL switch HI LVL SIG loop fuse Percent distortion Meter zero adjust Spacing lamp Signal Meter reset switch Transition select Distortion select 199 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . G. c. i. f. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. Communications Quality Monitoring System Applicable Quality Monitoring Technical Manual Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. 224.1 . j. d. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. e. C.1.1 SPAWARINST 2700. k. F.

v. g. z. j. q. ten Distortion percentage. y.3 Display unit a. t. Calibrator Line Scale Trace align Focus Astigmatism Intensity Find beam Position Fine Magnifier Phase/bandwidth Display ac/dc EXT input Input ac-GND-dc coupling Volts/DIV Vernier CAL Polarity Position dc BAL Vertical display UNCAL Sweep display 200 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.224 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONT’D) o. . b. w. t. s. h. Code level switch Alarm lamp Marking lamp Stop length Function select Signal indicator lamp Step switch Type of distortion Distortion percentage.1. r. x. s. v. i.2 . n. k. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. l. c. p. f. o. y. units CHAR 2 bit select CHAR 2 bit select Questions AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB 224. p. u. x. e. z. d. u. r. m. w. q.

7 Audio patching and termination panel a. ah. c. g.224 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONT’D) aa. f.4 .5 .6 DC patch panel RF patch panel Tracking generator a. e. aj. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ac. f. d. e. ad. Patching jack Switch 400 EL scale ac input REL REF adjust Range selector Line Line indicator 201 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ab.3 . ag. d. af. h. al. c. Line on/off Manual scan Track adjust Level RF output Third LO input First LO input Scan output .1. Time/DIV (main) Vernier (main) Trigger source (main) EXT input (main) Trigger coupling (main) Scope (main) Trigger level (main) Sweep mode (main) Reset (main) Delay (DIV) DEL’D TRIG output Intens ratio Questions AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF ABF ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB 224. ai. ak. ae. . h. g. b. b.

m. y. b. g. l. o.8 AM-3729 audio frequency amplifier a. r. t. u. s.1. k. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. . . n. Pilot lamp Power switch Channel selector AF lever control 202 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. c. e. v. p. j. b. d. q. x. c. w. f. d. i.9 Meter function Scale Meter Output problem annunciator Counter mode Frequency MHz Time base vernier Time base adjust RF on/off RF output Output level Fine tune Frequency tune Range Counter input FM Peak deviation FM input/output Modulation frequency AM input/output Modulation Audio output level Line AM Mechanical meter zero Questions ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF AB AB AB AB 224.224 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Signal generator a. h.

g. ac. ag.1. u.224 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Spectrum analyzer a. y. x. c. b. w. t. ad. p. o. am. n. s. z. af. al. m.10 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 203 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. i. ai. q. e. ab. ak. l. d. h. . Power switch (line on/line standby) Cal output (screwdriver adjust) Signal input (BNC) Center frequency Frequency span Start frequency Stop frequency Reference level Continuous/coarse/fine tune Step Instr present RES BW Video bandwidth Sweep time RF attenuation Peak search Marker center frequency Differential markers Marker zoom Marker signal track Frequency counter Logarithmic scale Linear scale Threshold Display Center frequency step size Continuous sweep Single sweep Free run Line Ext Video Level Full span instrument Recall Save Local OPS Normal key function Shift key function Questions ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB 224. aj. ae. j. aa. v. r. ah. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. k. f.

. ch.5 224.1 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref. ch. c. ref. 3. c] a. d.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. ref.5. .224 224. ref.3 224. ch. b.2. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 204 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ch. b. 3. 3.4 224. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ref.2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a. b. SYSTEM INTERFACE – None to be discussed. 5. a. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. c] What are the front panel control settings and sequence to activate and calibrate the following: [ref. 3. b. ref. ch.2 224.3 Distortion analyzer Display unit Signal generator Spectrum analyzer . c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 224.

11 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDGH ABCDGH ABCDGH ABCDGH AGH ABCDEGHI ABCDEGHI ABCDEGHI ADH ABGH ABCFG LAN WAN MAN Servers Cable media Routers Switches HUB Topology NIC UPS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 Applicable Networking Manufacturer’s Technical Manual (System specific) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) OPNAVINST 5100.9 . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.8 . 225. .5 . 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.1 .225 225 NETWORKING SYSTEMS References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 225. G. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. D. E.1.6 . F. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. Ch. C.4 . B. a thru c] A. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. I.10 .7 .2 .3 . H.19E.23G.

1 .2 225.2.2 NETWORKING SYSTEMS (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.5 225. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 206 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a thru c] a. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 Temperature and humidity Fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning How does this system interface with the following: [refs.225 225. Message systems Tactical systems Logistic systems Personnel systems ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 225. .1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. d. a thru c] a. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. c. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 225.5.4 225. b. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs.4. d.3 225. c. .

K.1 ISNS System Administration Manual (SAG) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.3 .1. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.4 .1 . E.10 . 226. G.9 . identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs.19E. F.5 . .6 .12 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What is the IP Address? Who is the Point of Contact? Questions ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDE ABCDE ABFG ABDFGJ ABDGJ ABDGJ ABDGJ Domain Controller Exchange Server File Server Edge Switch Router MBT ABT Active Directory ISA DNS DHCP WINS 207 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment in your command. D. I.11 . H.7 .2 . B. a thru c] A. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. C.23G. Ch.8 .226 226 INTEGRATED SHIPBOARD NETWORKING SYSTEM (ISNS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 226. J.

21 .20 .30 .15 .19 .3 .23 . .25 .17 .18 .13 . a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.33 .22 . a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs.32 . c] How does Email leave the network? [ref.4 . a] How does web browsing work? [ref.24 .2 226.29 .14 . a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 .31 .26 . [refs.5 208 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2.27 .34 INTEGRATED SHIPBOARD NETWORKING SYSTEM (ISNS) (CONT’D) Antivirus Intranet Web server INMPRO Veritas Backup Exec Backbone Switch UPS PDA SOMS NSIPS MEDWEB/TELERAD MT TM JATDI OOMA UMIDS NAVY CASH SKED NIAPS FEDLOG AMSRR SAMS IDS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABDFG ABDGJ ABCDEFGHJ A ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGHI ABCG ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK 226.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show the signal flow.1.28 . a.1 . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.226 226.

.1 . C.3 . a thru c] a.9 Email outgoing queue Email incoming queue ISA Proxy Service status Edge Switch/ Backbone temperatures Free hard drive space Exchange core services Domain core services Free Memory Free Page file memory/Swap Space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 226.226 226. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where is the system monitored from? How is the system monitor accessed? Questions` ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 226.1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b. c. answer the following questions: [refs.5.4 226. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 209 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.5 .5 226. D.4.4 .7 .8 .1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.3 INTEGRATED SHIPBOARD NETWORKING SYSTEM (ISNS) (CONT’D) PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.3.6 . a thru c] A. d.2 . B. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Atmospheric conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 226.

.

i. a. e.227 227 NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS). app. E.1. b. F. ch. h. c. C. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.23G. b] A. g. 2.19E. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual. ref. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What are the interlocks? Questions ABCDGHI ABCG ABCG ABCG ABCEFG ABCG ABG ABCG ABG ABG 227.1 NTCSS TAC 4 a. d. f. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. D. Systems Administration Guide NSN: 0913-LP-103-7093 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. A. I. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. Ch. CPU 8 MM cartridge tape system 4 MM DAT drive UPS Video display Keyboard with attached trackball Printers CD ROM drive RAID device ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 211 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . H. B. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. G.1 227.

4 227. B. chs. a. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 227. b. . b] a.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. 5. b] a. 4.5 227.4. c. c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 227. app.2. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 212 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. b. b] What is the sequence of component involvement to accomplish: [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 227. c. .3 Power on Power off Normal operations .5.227 227. ref. ch.2 What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.2 Temperature and humidity Fluctuation in ship’s electrical power Loss of air-conditioning How does this system interface with the ship’s LAN? [ref. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. 2. ref. . a.3 227.

2 .1 . 228. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual.23G.19E.7 .1 Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M) (Series Specific) Tech Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. J. G. C. E.5 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. B.10 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What are the sub system components? Questions ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGH ABG ABG HP 6000 HP 712/715 DII/COE UCP (JOTS1) ISDS (JOTS19) ITS (JOTS14) JMHS (JOTS12) UPS TDBM NETPREC 213 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. D. a thru c] A. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. F. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.3 . I.8 .1. . Ch.228 228 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM – MARITIME (GCCS-M) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 228.9 . H.4 .6 .

3 228.4 TDBM SCSI address for primary hard drive SCSI address for DAT Drive Disk space of Quickload server ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 214 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. answer the following questions: [refs.3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed.2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system. b] How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [refs.3. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.1 . B.1.2 .11 NAVMACS . [refs.3 .228 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM – MARITIME (GCCS-M) (CONT’D) Questions AB ABCDEFGHIJ 228. a.1 . C. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD 228. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2.12 TBMCS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 228.2 228. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . D. a thru c] A.

5 228. a thru c] a.4 228. Loss of NETPREC services Loss of Track Database Input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 228. b. d.228 228.5.1 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM – MARITIME (GCCS-M) (CONT’D) SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 215 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. .

.

Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual.1 ______________________________ (Signature and Date) 217 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. D. Ch. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. B. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.19E. identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? CENTRIXS Server Workstations Questions ABCDEFG ABCFG 229. 229.1.1 a. b. C.23G.229 229 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] CENTRIXS Tech Manual (Version specific) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. E. G. . F.

. b. b] a. WINDOWS servers PC workstations ______________________________ (Signature and Date) 229.4 229.3 229. . c] a.229 229.2 . e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 218 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 Loss of power Loss of ventilation How does this system interface with the following: [ref. b] a. b. d.5. b. .1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.4.3 Communication between multiple workstations System router How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.5 229.1 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show the signal flow for the following: [refs. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 229.2 229. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref.2.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs.

identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment.7 .19E. Ch.230 230 DEFENSE MESSAGING DISSEMINATION SYSTEM (DMDS) References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 230.9 .2 . F.1 DMDS Users Guide (Version Specific) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. G.23G.5 .10 . .8 . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual.4 . Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.1.11 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDEF AE ABE ABE ABDFEG ABGF AFE ABE ABE ABE ABE DMDS System Database Manager Profile Profile Set FORTEZZA Card Key Words System logs Mail Services Profile Input Path Address Book CRL publication/Sync ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 219 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 .3 . D. E. B. 230. C. a] A.

a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 230.1 . b. c.230 230. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 220 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. c. f.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed. g. .5 230. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.4.5.2.2 230.4 230. i. Public folders Mailbox Distribution lists Address Book Network DNS CRL updates NMCI DISA ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 230. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. d. a. h.2 DEFENSE MESSAGING DISSEMINATION SYSTEM (DMDS) (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref.3 230.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. e. b] a.

231. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D. Ch. 20 NTP 4 (E). identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. Naval Communications. AND MISC INFO SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment. FNG. F. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? CAS server Workstations Questions ABCDEF ABCDEF ______________________________ (Signature and Date) 221 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a thru c] A. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.1 a.19E. . C. C4ISR CD SIMP.1 Collaboration at Sea (CAS) Tech Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100. 8 2006 SPAWAR. B.231 231 COLLABORATION AT SEA (CAS) SYSTEM References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] 231.1. Ch. E. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual.23G.

1 COLLABORATION AT SEA (CAS) SYSTEM (CONT’D) PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show the signal flow for the following: [ref. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 231.3 Communication between multiple workstations System router How do the components work together to achieve the system’s function? [ref. c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref.2 Loss of power Loss of ventilation How does this system interface with the following: [ref.2. ch. 1] a. d. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 222 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a.3 231.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. b. ch. ch.4 231.5 231. .2 231. a. b] a. b. WINDOWS servers PC workstations ______________________________ (Signature and Date) 231. a.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS – None to be discussed.2 . 2.231 231. . ref. b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. .5. b] a.4.

2 FORMAT Each watchstation in this section contains: • • A FINAL QUALIFICATION PAGE. Record the date of actual completion. which is the practical factors portion of your qualification. 300. WATCHSTATION Performance. you must complete the prerequisites that pertain to the performance of that particular task. not the sign-off date. The performance is broken down as follows: Tasks (routine operating tasks that are performed frequently) Infrequent Tasks Abnormal Conditions Emergencies Training Watches If there are multiple watchstations.300 300. Prior to signing off each prerequisite line item. the Qualifier must verify completion from existing records. . and fundamentals. which is used to obtain the required signatures for approval and recording of Final Qualification. or watchstation qualifications from this book. Prerequisites may include schools. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. It allows you to practice the tasks required for your watchstation and to handle abnormal conditions and emergencies. • 223 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 INTRODUCTION TO WATCHSTATIONS INTRODUCTION The Watchstation section of your PQS is where you get a chance to demonstrate to your Qualifier that you can put the knowledge you have gained in the previous sections to use. a QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY will appear at the end of the Standard. PREREQUISITES. which are items that must be certified completed before you can begin qualification for a particular watchstation. Satisfactory completion of all prerequisites is required prior to achievement of final watchstation qualification. watchstation qualifications from other PQS books. systems. Before starting your assigned tasks.

After all line items have been completed.4 DISCUSSION ITEMS Though actual performance of evolutions is always preferable to observation or discussion. some items listed in each watchstation may be too hazardous or time consuming to perform or simulate. Therefore.3 INTRODUCTION TO WATCHSTATIONS (CONT’D) OPERATING PROCEDURES The PQS deliberately makes no attempt to specify the procedures to be used to complete a task or control or correct a casualty. you may be required to discuss such items with your Qualifier.6 HOW TO COMPLETE After completing the required prerequisites applicable to a particular task. 224 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. proficiency may be confirmed only through demonstrated performance at a level of competency sufficient to satisfy the Commanding Officer. and squadron to squadron based upon such factors as mission requirements. your Qualifier will verify Final Qualification by signing and dating the Final Qualification pages. . you may perform the task under the supervision of a qualified watchstander. The only proper sources of this information are the technical manuals. 300.300 300. ship to ship.5 NUMBERING Each Final Qualification is assigned both a watchstation number and a NAVEDTRA Final Qualification number. 300. Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization (NATOPS) or other policy-making documents prepared for a specific installation or a piece of equipment. The NAVEDTRA number is to be used for recording qualifications in service and training records. 300. your Qualifier will sign you off for that task. Thus. If you satisfactorily perform the task and can explain each step. Engineering Operational Sequencing System (EOSS). Additionally. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. the level of accuracy required of a trainee may vary from school to school.

unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 225 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. Should supervisors give away their signatures. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. . The examination or checkout need not cover every item.FINAL QUALIFICATION 301 PUBLICATIONS CLERK NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAME______________________________ RATE/RANK____________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Recommend designation as a qualified PUBLICATIONS CLERK (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). however. or by observation of performance. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination.

.

THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.WATCHSTATION 301 301 PUBLICATIONS CLERK Estimated completion time: 2 weeks 301. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1. .1 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions Completed ___________________________________ 38% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 104 Publications Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 227 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 301.

301
301.2

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONT’D)
TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCDE

301.2.1

Enter and record updates/corrections to publications (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Accomplish page check against list of effective pages (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

.3

Report discrepancies to proper authority (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDE

.4

Destroy residue (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

228 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.2.5

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONT’D)
Update watch-to-watch inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Report completion to NWPL custodian/clerk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Download electronic publication ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 19% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDE ABCDE Questions ABDE

301.3 301.4

INFREQUENT TASKS – None to be discussed. ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEF

301.4.1

Failure to make timely publication corrections ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Failure to make publication corrections in sequential order ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

229 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.4.3

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONT’D)
Failure to page check against new list of effective pages ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Failure to maintain record changes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Failure to denote authority for corrections ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Publication corrections not made with black ink ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Failure to replace worn/mutilated publications ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 12% OF WATCHSTATION. ACDEF AEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

301.5

EMERGENCIES – None to be discussed.

230 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.6 301.6.1

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONT’D)
WATCHES PERFORM DUTIES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Publications Clerk (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION.

301.7 301.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

231 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 302

NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

233 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

WATCHSTATION 302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR
Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

302.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

302.1.1

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 15% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 107 Message Text Format/Handling

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

235 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302
302.1.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D)
108 Minimize

Completed ___________________________________ 5% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 109 Broadcast

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 110 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .2 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 201 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 302.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions 302.2.1 Energize equipment: a. Set up AN/UYK-20(V) CPU ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

236 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

Set up ON-143(V)/USQ interconnecting group ACDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) b.3 Prepare RD-397(V)/U for on-line operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Set up AN/USH-26(V) CMTU or RD-396/U ABCDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Set up CTTY Questions ACDEF 302.2 Load TTY tape in RD-397(V)/U high speed paper tape reader/punch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. Set up printer ACDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Set up RD-397(V)/U high speed paper tape reader/punch ACDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e.4 Mount appropriate system program in the AN/USH-26(U) CMTU or in the RD-396/U ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEF ABCDEF ABCF 237 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

9 Initiate the NAVMACS V-2 system: a. .8 Duplicate program on magnetic tape ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Specify the current system time ABF ABCF ABCF ABF Questions ABF 302.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Construct a complete paper tape CGL with NGL included ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. Specify the SID ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 238 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.6 Construct a separate paper tape CGL or NGL ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Load NAVMACS V-2 Program ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

. Place CDN ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Specify CID ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Place a CUP ABCF 302.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Execute proper commands to parameter page 1: a.10 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Specify a broadcast circuit's traffic quality level (QRK) ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Specify whether broadcast or flash precedence rerun messages are to be printed ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 239 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Specify CSN ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2. Specify handling of broadcast rerun messages as first-run messages (RRM) ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g.

Specify the next OON ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions h. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .11 Execute proper commands to parameter page 3: a.2. Change SID ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b.10 ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Specify whether broadcast non-addressed messages headings are to be printed 302. Change ARQ limit ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Activate the link (CUP LK) ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 240 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Change the NOB ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.

Place paper tape punch down (EDN) ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Place paper tape punch up (EUP) ABCF 302.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Execute proper commands to parameter page 4: a. Place tape punch in hold (HLD) ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. .2. Activate afloat GATEGUARD (EUP GG1) ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Print individual system parameter pages ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Change security classification for afloat GATEGUARD ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e.12 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Punch a copy of a system parameter page ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 241 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.13 Execute proper commands to parameter pages: a.

Load CGL ABCF 302.14 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Print and punch a copy of the CGL ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Execute proper commands for CGL: a. . Load the paper tape CGL ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Add addressee ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Delete addressee ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d.2. Load the paper tape NGL ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Reload punched CGL ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 242 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Clear the CGL ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h.

Print a copy of the demand chronological report ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b.16 Execute proper commands to system reports: a. .15 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Print a copy of the queue status report ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Clear the LRL ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Compose a free-form LRL ABCF 302.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Execute proper commands for LRL: a.2. Generate/reload a paper tape copy ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.17 Execute proper commands for message retrieval: a. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Retrieve a message by SMN to a printer ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 243 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

19 Execute proper commands for wanted message list: a. Change the link ARQ limit ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Place the link in EMCON status ABCDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. .18 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Compose and transmit an OTO message ABCF 302. Delete one CIS/CSN ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 244 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Cancel the transmission of all OTO messages presently in the transmit queue ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Execute proper commands for outgoing circuit operation: a. Add three CIDs/CSNs ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Place the link in hold status ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.23 Respond to system alerts ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Cancel the present paper tape punch activity ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) c.2.19 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. .24 Respond to error notices ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Clear all CIDs/CSNs ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Execute proper commands to crash tape and load parameter pages into systems using crash tapes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Print a copy of the WML Questions ABCDF 302.22 Hold closeouts (day) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Perform system bypass for preventive maintenance ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCF ABCF ABCF 245 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

28 Stop the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Perform system restart and recovery ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.27 Load parameters page system data tape ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . ABCEF ABCEF Questions ABCEF 302.26 246 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 AREA COMPRISES 45% OF WATCHSTATION.

F. H. C.3 Add a message to the WML ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . B. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 Operate under EMCON ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCEFGH 247 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. E. G.3 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. Questions ABCDEFGH 302.3.2 Reset incoming/outgoing CSN and OTO numbers ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEFGH .302 302. . D.

.4 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.4. G. F.4 Cassette or cartridge failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . D. C. E.1 HSPTR/P failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B.2 Printer failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .5 Message processing device failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 248 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.302 302.3 Level converter/patch panel failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . Questions ABCDEFG 302. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition.

6 302.6 302.4 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFG 302.4. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 EMERGENCIES – None to be discussed.6 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. 249 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.5 302. WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) Broadcast failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6. .

1 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC. ETC. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.7 302.302 302.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7. .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 250 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. or by observation of performance. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. . Recommend designation as a qualified NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 251 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. however. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.FINAL QUALIFICATION 303 NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Should supervisors give away their signatures.

.

2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 253 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1.303 WATCHSTATION 303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 8 weeks 303.1 SCHOOLS: NAVMACS II System Administrator Course (A-101-0266) (RECOMMENDED) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) . 303. .1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 107 Message Text Format/Handling Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 108 Minimize Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 109 Broadcast Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 111 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .1.4 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 202 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS II) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 254 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.303 303. .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 Load tape into the TAC-3 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABG .1 Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Compose message from disk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABG 255 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. F.303 303.2 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.3 Load disk into VME chassis ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ACFG . What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. E. D. C. Questions ABEG 303. B.5 Load disk in the file server processing unit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABG . G. .2.2 Shift from system Alpha to system Bravo ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCFG .

9 Cancel a composed message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Change status of circuit ABCFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 256 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Review control panel ABG ABG ABCG ABCDG ABG ABG Questions ABG 303.10 Release/transmit a composed message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Compose message on NAVMACS II ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .8 Correct message from compose message window ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Review applications menu ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.13 Execute the proper commands for the COMM menu: a.11 Prepare a readdressal message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b.2.

.2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Compose/transmit/cancel an OTO message ABCDFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 257 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Set radio day ABCFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) j. Set EMCON to a circuit ABCEFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Create local area broadcast ABCDEFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) i. Recycle associated crypto ABCEFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) c.13 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Create floppy queue ABCDFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h. Create full period termination circuit ABCDEFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. View raw data of circuit Questions ABG 303.

OPINT log ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.13 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) l. Duplicate message report ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 258 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Retransmit a released message ABCDFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Circuit summary report ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. System log ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d.14 Generate the following reports and logs from the reports/logs menu: a.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) k. Section log ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. . Message log ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Transmit released message Questions ABCDG 303.

System halt ABCEG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 259 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2. System reboot ABCEG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Host shutdown ABCEG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b.15 Demonstrate knowledge of the following system commands: a. System configuration summary Questions ABG 303. .14 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Input status report for all circuits ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) j.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) g. Missing section report ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Traffic summary report ABG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) i.

Distribute using office routing options ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.17.22 Demonstrate the knowledge of the following: a.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Distribute using case routing options ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Distribute a sectional message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . WDL ABFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 260 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. WML ABFG ABFG ABEFG ABFG ABFG Questions ABFG 303.16 ABFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b.21 Display system status ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .20 Respond to system alerts ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Redistribute a message previously routed by using the office routing option ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

F.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A.1 What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.3.3 Prepare laser-jet printer for on-line operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGI 261 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 AREA COMPRISES 36% OF WATCHSTATION. B. Printer database ABFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2. . H. Auto-print database Questions ABFG 303.22 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. D.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) c. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 303. G. E. 303. C.2 Manually process broadcast traffic ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGI . I. Questions ABCDEFGHI Operate under EMCON ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

4 Loss of ac power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 262 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4. D. F. Questions ABCDEFG 303.2 VME chassis overheating ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . H.3 TAC-3 computer overheating ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . Questions ABCDEFGH 303. E.4 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.3 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.4 303.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Delete message from system log ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 Paper jam in printer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. . G. C. B.

.6 Failure of TAC-3 computer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 303.4.7 Video display unit failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 263 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 EMERGENCIES – None to be discussed. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5 303. WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6.8 File server processor unit failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH 303.303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Failure of UPS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 AREA COMPRISES 6% OF WATCHSTATION.5 303.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 264 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .1 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.7. ETC.303 303.7 303.

Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. Should supervisors give away their signatures. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. however. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. or by observation of performance. . The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Recommend designation as a qualified COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge.FINAL QUALIFICATION 304 NAVEDTRA 43355-F COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 265 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

.

304.304 WATCHSTATION 304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 5 weeks 304. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions Completed ___________________________________ 16% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 104 Publications Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 267 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 PQS QUALIFICATIONS Electronic Key Material System (EKMS) (NAVEDTRA 43462-1A). 301 EKMS User Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.

E. B. D. G. C.2. .304 304. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. F.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.2 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 109 Broadcast Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 304.1.1 Operate KG-84 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 268 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Questions ABCDEFG 304.

4 Operate KY-58 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 Operate KG-75 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KG-83 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 269 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .

6 Operate KY-57 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Operate KYV-5 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KWR-46/KWT-46 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .2.5 270 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KGR-96 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.8 271 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .10 Operate KYK-13 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.9 Operate KY-68 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KOI-18 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Operate KGV-11 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.2. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.11 272 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.12 Operate KYX-15 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate CYZ-10 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .14 273 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.16 Operate KG-40/KG-45 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.15 Operate PYQ-10 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.

.19 Operate KG-194 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KGV-8 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Operate MD-1324 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 274 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KIV-7 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.20 275 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.21 Operate a KIV-19 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .22 Operate KG-175 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.

24 Load DMR (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KG-250 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Operate NES (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304. .23 276 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Operate KG-95 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .2.26 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 277 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. STU-III (3 times) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 304.27 Operate KGV-229 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.28 Operate the following STS terminals: a.

SDD (3 times) Questions ABCDEFG 304.28 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) b. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .2. STE (3 times) ABCDEFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 278 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. MMT (3 times) ABCDEFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d.

1 Change crypto equipment settings to match circuit requirements ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGHI 279 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What is the alarm set point? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. C.2 AREA COMPRISES 68% OF WATCHSTATION.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A.30 Perform tempest checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . B. D. I. H. . F. G. Questions 304.29 304.304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Conduct OTAT/OTAR (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2. E.3. ABG Questions ABCDEFG 304.

3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION. G. .4 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. ABCDEFGH 280 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Questions ABCDFGHI 304. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition.304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) Update STU/STE (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 Improperly labeled fill devices ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . C.4. F.2 304. Questions ABCDEFGH 304. B. D.3. H.1 Loss/fluctuation of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Restoral from loss of FACCON ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . E.

.7.6 304. ETC. EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.1 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONT’D) EMERGENCIES – None to be discussed.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 281 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.304 304.7 304. WATCHES – None.5 304. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

.

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 283 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. . Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. however. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. Recommend designation as a qualified MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Should supervisors give away their signatures. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. or by observation of performance. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.FINAL QUALIFICATION 305 NAVEDTRA 43355-F MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS).

.

THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.1. 305. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 301 Publications Clerk Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 302 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 303 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .305 WATCHSTATION 305 MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) WATCH SUPERVISOR Estimated completion time: 8 weeks 305. .1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.2 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 201 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 285 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

.1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.305 305.2 MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) 202 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 207 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M) Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 208 Fleet Multi-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N) Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 216 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS) Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 286 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

4 Conduct watchstation training with operators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCG 287 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 Verify watch is familiar with current COMMPLAN. E. G. B. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. CIBs/CIAs. D.2. daily communications status messages/SOPs. and EAP (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEG . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.305 305. C. F.2 Supervise watch-to-watch inventory (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCG .1 Assign personnel to cover all watchstations (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. . Questions ABCG 305. EMCON/HERO/RADHAZ restrictions. OPORDs.

7 Adhere to security policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .305 305. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.11 Report abnormalities to appropriate authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Maintain and review all ZBO logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Initiate procedures to eliminate backlog ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Draft broadcast shifts/termination requests/ COMSPOTS/BSR/COMMSHIFTS (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABG ABG ABG ABCDEFG ABG ABCDFG Questions ABCDFG ABG 288 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.8 Coordinate circuit restoration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Maintain and review all applicable watch logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.6 Verify processing of messages requiring special handling ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .

305
305.2.13

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D)
Supervise during general quarters ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Supervise and evaluate shift operators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Coordinate system maintenance (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Supervise backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 35% OF WATCHSTATION. ABG ABCDEFG ABG Questions ABCDEFG

305.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

305.3.1

Supervise use of alternate message delivery methods

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 289 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.3.2

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D)
Supervise during minimize conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Supervise during special circuit communications ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Supervise implementing emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Coordinate hardware/software upgrade/repair ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 8% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

305.4

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

305.4.1

Loss of classified material ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

290 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.4.2

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D)
Loss of CMS material ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Improper watch-to-watch turnover ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Practices dangerous to security ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Unauthorized access to material/spaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Electrical power fluctuations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

291 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.5

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D)
EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What are the proper reporting procedures? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFGH

305.5.1

Personnel casualties ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Equipment casualties ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Flood ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 6% OF WATCHSTATION.

293 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.6 305.6.1

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D)
WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Information Watch Supervisor (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Completed .6 area comprises 5% of watchstation.

305.7 305.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

294 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 306

NAVEDTRA 43355-F TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

295 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306

WATCHSTATION 306 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR
Estimated completion time: 4 weeks

306.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

306.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 112 Antenna and Radio Wave Propagation

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 113 Voice Operations

Completed ___________________________________ 5% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

297 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306 306.1. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) 114 Basic Circuits Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 115 Common Circuits Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 116 Distress Circuits Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 117 Portable Communications Equipment Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 203 SA-2112(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) Red Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 204 SA-2112A(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) Black Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 205 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 206 AN/USQ-155(V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 298 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

306 306.3 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) 207 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 208 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 209 High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Ship/Shore/Ship (Type D/G) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 210 Battle Force Email (BFEM) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 211 High Frequency (HF) Non-secure Voice (Type Y) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 212 High Frequency (HF) Secure Voice (Type S) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 213 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Radio Teletypwriter (Type B/C) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 214 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Non-secure Voice (Type U) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 299 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.1. D. B. Questions ABCDEFG Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Patch and tune appropriate antenna coupler in automatic and manual modes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 300 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. G. E. 306.1 What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task.306 306. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) 215 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Secure Voice (Type R) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 217 Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 224 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 306.2 Tune equipment in auto and manual modes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . . F. C.2.

306 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) Patch required equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 De-energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Set up frequency Hop set ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 301 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.7 Set equipment for remote preset operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Perform proper QC checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Verify proper system operation with end user ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .6 Channelize transceiver/coupler ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 306.

G.3.2. Questions 306.3 AREA COMPRISES 1% OF WATCHSTATION. D.306 306. C. ABCDEFGH 302 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ABCEFG 306.2 AREA COMPRISES 6% OF WATCHSTATION. F.12 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . B.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. H. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.1 Operate equipment under various EMCON/HERO/RADHAZ conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . E. .

306 306. C.4.5 Loss of primary external communications ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 303 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. . B. E.2 Excessive equipment temperatures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . Questions ABCDEFGH 306. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. D.1 Loss of equipment internal/external frequency standards ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Improper signal levels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 Improper patching ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . H. F. G.

7 Improper frequency selection/separation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Blown fuses ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 304 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.10 Open RF patch cord ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .12 Improper coupler selection ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Loss of RF signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .306 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) Loss/fluctuations of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Loss of chilled water/air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH 306.4. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.8 Loss of couplers/matrix ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

C.4. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. E.14 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Questions ABCDEFG 306. ABCDEFG 305 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. B. ABCDEFGH 306.5 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.4 AREA COMPRISES 9% OF WATCHSTATION.4 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .1 Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .306 306. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. F. D.3 Arcing in transmission system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .5.5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.7.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 306 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.6 306.1 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONT’D) WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6. 306.306 306.7 306.

A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation.FINAL QUALIFICATION 307 NAVEDTRA 43355-F ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Recommend designation as a qualified ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). however. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 307 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. . unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Should supervisors give away their signatures. or by observation of performance. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination.

.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 118 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 216 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS) Completed ___________________________________ 10% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 309 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION. 307.1.307 WATCHSTATION 307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 4 weeks 307. .1 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 306 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .

2. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. C.2 Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEFG .1 Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . channel.4 Verify navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDFG . Questions ABCEFG 307. and frequency plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 310 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.307 307. B.5 Determine satellite to be used. D. F. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . G. . E.2 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.

2.7 Verify 400Hz Power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Load crypto equipment for 5kHz and/or 25kHz DAMA operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Configure user interface GUI/HMI/RTI ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 307.8 Set up specified frequency/offset ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 ABCDEFG ABCDEFG 311 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Determine and adjust for proper azimuth/elevation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Set up transceiver/modem/RFS/RF/IF baseband patching or digital switch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Set transceiver front panel controls for proper operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .

destination address.2. configuration code. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. DAMA guard addresses.13 ABCDEFG 312 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.15 Test key the transceiver on a non-DAMA test frequency ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Conduct power calibration and balancing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .16 Check and adjust the PA RF forward power level ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .e.17 Check and adjust the antenna system’s VSWR ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . home channel up/downlink freq. receiver off.18 Verify proper setup for TSN ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Update terminal PRESET as specified in OPTASK COMMS plan for radio terminal and service parameters (i.19 Edit/Save an operational and backup channel TSN PRESET ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG 307. I/O port service assignment) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

20 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Operate the TD-1271 or MD-1324 (25kHz DAMA) in a single SATCOM WSC-3 configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Perform TSN pre-launch steps to include the following: a.23 Operate the TD-1271 or MD-1324 (25kHz DAMA) in a dual SATCOM WSC-3 configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .26 Create/Update SATCOM WSC-3 PRESET channelization ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDFG 313 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2. .24 Perform link test from the TD-1271 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Verify the ON-AIR TSN test ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 25kHz DAMA link test 5kHz DAMA link quality threshold Questions ABCDEFG 307.25 Bring up non-DAMA circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . b.

29 Set up non DAMA 5kHz voice ANDVT circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Set up DAMA 25kHz voice ANDVT circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.32 Verify proper system operation with end user ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .27 314 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 AREA COMPRISES 41% OF WATCHSTATION.307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Demonstrate how to restore operations from a PRESET ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 307. .31 Assume CCOW functions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .30 Configure and verify proper system operation of MD-1324/5khz/25khz DAMA/DMR circuit ABCDFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.

Questions ABCDEF 307.1 Operate antennas in manual mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3. F.3 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION. D. .2 Operate in receive only mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .307 307. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. E. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. C. ABCDEF 315 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

.4 Loss of chilled water ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. H.307 307. B.3 Use of insufficient/excessive transmitting power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .1 Loss of signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . F. E. Questions ABCDEFGH 307.4 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. C.5 Loss of dry air ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 316 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. G.4.2 Equipment malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D.

D. Questions ABCDEFGH 307. E.5. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. F. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 317 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4. Questions ABCDEFGH 307.4 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION.6 .5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Loss of navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Loss of 400Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Antennae blockage ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . C. G. B.8 307.

6 AREA COMPRISES 12% OF WATCHSTATION 318 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.6.5. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 Arcing in transmission system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 307.5 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. .6 307. ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 307.1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .

. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC. ETC.7 307.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 319 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.307 307.

.

or by observation of performance. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. Recommend designation as a qualified EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). Should supervisors give away their signatures. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. however. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations.FINAL QUALIFICATION 308 NAVEDTRA 43355-F EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). The examination or checkout need not cover every item. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 321 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. . The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

.

308.3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 218 AN/USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Completed ___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 323 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 307 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .308 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 6 weeks 308. .2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 119 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) (AN/USC-38) Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .1.

F.5 Determine satellite to be used IAW ESP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .308 308. .1 Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B. E.2 Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEFG .6 Determine and adjust for proper azimuth/elevation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 324 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. G.3 Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . D.4 Verify navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDFG . Questions ABCEFG 308.2 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.2. C. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task.

11 Verify proper system operation with end user ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Verify all LDR/MDR menus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Set up NECC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Verify 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 AREA COMPRISES 24% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.7 COMPLETED .2.13 Review EHF Service Plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG A CDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 308.308 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Set up all associated LDR/MDR nets ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Set up TIP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . 325 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

. Questions ABCDEF 308. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.2 Configure Beam Managed net ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF .308 308.3 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. C.3. F.6 Load unique black and red keys ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF 326 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. D.4 Add/Remove users from the net ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5 Load adaptation data ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF .3 Activate Cross Band ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF . E.1 Operate in receive only mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B.

F. manual ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. D. B.1 Loss of signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4.7 308.4 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. C. H. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 AREA COMPRISES 17% OF WATCHSTATION. E. .308 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Load ephemeris data a. ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF 308.8 Demonstrate the proper procedure for breaking the chain ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Questions ABCDEFGH 308. automatic b.2 Equipment malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 327 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3. G.

8 Loss of system and terminal data ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 COMPLETED .308 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Loss of chilled water ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .6 Loss of navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4.4 Loss of dry air ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 AREA COMPRISES 17% OF WATCHSTATION.9 Unauthorized movement of spot beam ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 328 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7 Loss of ephemeris data ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Loss of 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Bust of apportionment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH 308. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

B.308 308. C. .2 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Questions ABCDEFGH 308. H. F.5. E. D. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCDEFGH 329 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. G.5 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.5 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.

.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7.6. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.308 308. ETC.6 308.6 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.7 308.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 330 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.1 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . 308.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. however. . Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR(NAVEDTRA 43355-F).FINAL QUALIFICATION 309 NAVEDTRA 43355-F SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. or by observation of performance. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 331 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

.

2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 120 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Completed ___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.309 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 8 weeks 309. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION. 309.1. .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 219 Advanced Digital Multiplexing System (ADMS) ST-1000 Completed ___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 220 Link/2+ Completed___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 221 AN/WSC-6 Defense Satellite Communications System Set Completed___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 333 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.1 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .

3 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) 222 AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program Completed___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 223 AN/USR-10(V) Global Broadcast System (GBS) Completed___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 309. F.1 Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. D. C. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task.1.309 309. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 334 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. E.2 Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEFG . Questions ABCEFG 309. . G.3 Verify 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .2.

10 Conduct power calibration and balancing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Verify proper setup for AN/FCC-100 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Determine satellite to be used. . and frequency plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.9 Set transceiver front panel controls for proper operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Determine and adjust for proper azimuth/elevation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.12 Verify proper setup for SHF modem ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDFG 309.5 335 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. channel.309 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Verify navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Set up specified frequency/offset ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

13 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . C.3. c. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.1 Operate in receive only mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . D.309 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Verify proper system operation with terminating station ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Questions ABCDEF 309. 309.14 Perform the following BER tests on RF path and channels: a. 336 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. b. E.3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.2.2 AREA COMPRISES 24% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. Local loop Remote loop End to-end ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 309. B.

4 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.5 Loss of dry air ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 337 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 Insufficient/excessive transmitting power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .4.2 Equipment malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. F. C. . D. Questions ABCDEFGH 309. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. B. H.1 Loss of signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Loss of chilled water ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .309 309. G. E.

E. ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH 309. H. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. G. .7 Loss of 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.6 309.5. Questions ABCDEFGH 309. C.4 AREA COMPRISES 12% OF WATCHSTATION. F.5 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.2 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. D.309 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) Loss of navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B. ABCDEFGH 338 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4.1 Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

309 309.6 AREA COMPRISES 10% OF WATCHSTATION.1 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONT’D) WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . 309.7 309. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 309.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ETC.6.7.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 339 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.

.

. however. or by observation of performance.FINAL QUALIFICATION 310 NAVEDTRA 43355-F TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 341 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. Should supervisors give away their signatures. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Recommend designation as a qualified TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination.

.

1 SCHOOLS: Journeyman Communications Course (A-260-0057) (RECOMMENDED) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .WATCHSTATION 310 310 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR Estimated completion time: 8 weeks 310. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.3 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 301 Publications Clerk Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 306 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 343 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.1. .2 PQS QUALIFICATIONS: Automated Digital Network System (ADNS) (NAVEDTRA 43356) 300 Command Applicable Section Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 310.

3 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) 307 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 309 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .4 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 121 Emissions Control (EMCON) Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 122 Operations Orders (OPORD) Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .310 310.5 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 203 SA-2212(V)/STQ Single Audio system (SAS) (Red) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 204 SA-2212A(V)/STQ Single Audio system (SAS) (Black) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 344 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

1. .5 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) 205 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 206 AN/USQ-155(V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 207 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 208 Fleet Multi-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 209 High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Ship/Shore/Ship (Type D/G) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 210 Battle Force Email (BFEM) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 211 High Frequency (HF) Non-secure Voice (Type Y) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 212 High Frequency (HF) Secure Voice (Type S) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 345 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.310 310. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) 213 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Radio Teletypewriter (Type B/C) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 214 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Non-secure Voice (Type U) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 215 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Secure Voice (Type R) Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 216 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 217 Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 218 AN/USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 219 Advanced Digital Multiplexing System (ADMS) ST-1000 Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 220 Link/2+ Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 346 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1.310 310.

C.5 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) 221 AN/WSC-6 Defense Satellite Communications System Set Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 222 AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 223 AN/USR-10(V) Global Broadcast System (GBS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 224 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 310.2 Construct and implement COMM plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF 347 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task.1. Questions ABF 310. . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D.1 Verify and maintain status boards ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . F. B.310 310. E.2.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.

310 310.5 Ensure daily crypto restarts/OTAT/OTAR/destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . OPORDS. ESP. and emergency destruction plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Conduct training for operators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCDEF ABF ABF ABCDEF ABF Questions ABF ABCEF 348 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7 Inform CWO of pertinent information/problems ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. . CIBs/SOPs.3 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Conduct watch-to-watch inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . SAA.8 Verify watch team is familiar with COMMPLAN.6 Make appropriate log entries ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . EMCON/HERO/RADHAZ/RIVERCITY restrictions. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 Conduct watch-to-watch CMS material/equipment inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Draft COMSPOT/SAR/AAR/GAR ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

H.12 Verify quality control monitoring ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Questions Instruct and monitor physical and transmission security of technical control watchstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .310 310. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. G. F. . What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.13 Supervise allocation of communications equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A.3. D. E.2 AREA COMPRISES 9% OF WATCHSTATION.1 Supervise Guerrilla procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Supervise portable communications equipment setup ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 349 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2. Questions ABCDEFGH 310. ABEF ABF ABCDEF 310. B. C.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 Supervise set up of pier connectivity ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Monitor proper us of GINGERBREAD procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .310 310.5 Supervise OPAREA cutover ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .3.3 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.7 Supervise/Conduct inport/underway pre-checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 Monitor proper use of BEADWINDOW procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH 350 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

4 Loss of CMS material ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 351 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4. .1 Adverse atmospheric conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Loss/fluctuations of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. D.3 Loss of any tactical circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. H. C. E. Questions ABCDEFGH 310.4 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. F.310 310. G.

7 Loss of chilled water/air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.6 Loss of antenna system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . D.310 310.5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5. E. B. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH 310. Questions ABCDE 310.1 Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .2 Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDE .3 Arcing in equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDE 352 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.4.4 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.5 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Loss of frequency standard ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Questions ABCDE 310.5. .6 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 353 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7 310.310 310.4 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .7.1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC. 310. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ETC.5 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.6.1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 310.

.

. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 355 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.FINAL QUALIFICATION 311 MEDIA CLERK RATE/RANK____________________ NAVEDTRA 43 NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Recommend designation as a qualified MEDIA CLERK (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. or by observation of performance. Should supervisors give away their signatures. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. however.

.

. 311.1.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.1 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Security Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Publications Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 123 Hardware and Software Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 357 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.WATCHSTATION 311 311 MEDIA CLERK Estimated completion time: 4 weeks 311.

2 MEDIA CLERK (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. D.1 Ensure accuracy of input and output media labels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B.5 Perform virus scan on incoming media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABE . Questions ABE 311.2. E.311 311.2 Ensure proper storage of media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABE .4 Interpret and respond to errors ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABE . . What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 Clean and maintain media devices ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABDE .6 Declassify media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABDE 358 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.

311 311.10 Conduct physical inventory of software media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Maintain software license agreement ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Conduct physical inventory of magnetic media library ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . ABCE ABCE ABE ABE ABE ABE Questions ABE 359 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7 MEDIA CLERK (CONT’D) Format media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .12 Maintain off-site storage of data files ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.8 Serialize media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 AREA COMPRISES 42% OF WATCHSTATION.2.9 Maintain software user documentation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

B.3. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Questions ABCDEF 311. What immediate action is required? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. E. ABCEF 311. F. C.2 Perform virus debug procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Completed .311 311.1 Destroy media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B.4.3 MEDIA CLERK (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. E. F.1 Improperly labeled media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 360 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. D. . D. C.3 area comprises 7% of watchstation. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.4 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. Questions ABCDEF 311.

4 AREA COMPRISES 7% OF WATCHSTATION. F.1 Virus infected media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . E.2 Compromise ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Questions ABCDEF 311. Questions ABCDEFG 311. D. ABCDEFG 361 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. B.2 MEDIA CLERK (CONT’D) Improperly destroyed effective media files and logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 7% OF WATCHSTATION. G. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5. .311 311. C.4. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.

ETC. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 311.311 311.6 AREA COMPRISES 10% OF WATCHSTATION.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 362 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.6. .7 311.7.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.6 311.1 MEDIA CLERK (CONT’D) WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Media Clerk (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 363 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge.FINAL QUALIFICATION 312 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAME______________________________ RATE/RANK____________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. . however. Should supervisors give away their signatures. Recommend designation as a qualified HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). or by observation of performance. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation.

WATCHSTATION 312 312 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN
Estimated completion time: 16 weeks

312.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

312.1.1

COURSES: Navy E-Learning: Hardware - Devices and System Components (14940 Part 1) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Hardware - Installation and Troubleshooting (14941 Part 2) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Hardware - Printers, Networks, and Protocols (14942 Part 3) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Installing (14943 Part 1) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Configuring and Managing (14944 Part 2) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Troubleshooting (14945 Part 3) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

365 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.1.1

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Network Fundamentals (14946 Part 4) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Customer Service Manual (NAVEDTRA 14056) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 311 Media Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 11% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 124 Networking

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

366 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.1.3

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
125 Defense Messaging System (DMS)

Completed ___________________________________ 16% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 126 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 127 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 128 Collaboration at Sea (CAS)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 129 Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M)

Completed ___________________________________ 5% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .4 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 225 Networking

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 226 Integrated Shipboard Networking System (ISNS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 227 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

367 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.1.4

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
228 Global Command and Control System – Maritime (GCCS-M)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 229 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 230 Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 231 Collaboration at Sea (CAS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 312.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABEF

312.2.1

Replace motherboard ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Install device driver ___________________________________ (Signature and Date

ABEF

368 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.3

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
Run Event Viewer and show application, security, and system logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date .4 Show active applications, processes and performance using Task Manager ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Reseat RAM ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Replace power supply ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Replace CD-ROM or floppy drive ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Replace and clone HDD ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Install new NIC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Terminate and replace RJ-45 connectors on CAT-5 cable ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABDEF ABEF ABEF ABEF ABEF ABEF Questions ABEF

ABEF

369 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.11

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
Power up computer system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Run check disk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Copy a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Defrag hard drive ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Create a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Delete a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Rename a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Logoff the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) AF AF AF AF ABCEF AF ABCF Questions AEF

370 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.19

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
Perform shutdown of the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Power up peripheral equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Change printer cartridge ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Print a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .23 Print a test page ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Cancel a print request ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Show print queue ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .26 Map a printer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF AF ABF ABF AF ABEF ABEF Questions ABCDEF

371 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.27

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D)
Share a printer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Add computer to domain ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .29 Create new user and mailbox account ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .30 Reset users profile ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .31 Change users password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .32 Unlock user account ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .33 Create and/or map Personal Outlook file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .34 Map a network drive ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF Questions ABF

372 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

35 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) Change file permissions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .38 Install software from PPL ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . d.41 Complete unassisted OS install ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCEF ABCEF ABCEF 373 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. e. b.37 Demonstrate basic knowledge of Windows CMD prompts (or UNIX equivalent) a.40 Install video card ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .36 Demonstrate constant ping ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . c.2. nslookup ipconfig ping traceroute netstat ABDF Questions ABF ABEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .39 Uninstall software ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.312 312.

312 312. .2. ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF 374 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.43 Install the latest security patches and software updates ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .44 Slipstream an installation package ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 AREA COMPRISES 20% OF WATCHSTATION.42 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) Complete a manual OS install ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .45 Build a new clone disk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

2 Update and configure BIOS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCD .3 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. . What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.4 Respond to IO errors ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D.3. B. C.1 Change the system time/date ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCD 375 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ACD 312.312 312.3 Create system partitions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCD .

H. B. E. . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition.4 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.2 Detection of a computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . G.5 Non-delivery/late delivery of messages/e-mail ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 376 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.4 Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .1 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . D.312 312. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. F. Questions ABCDEFGH 312.4.3 Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .

5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.5.3 Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .4. Questions ABCDEFG 312. B. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. D. G. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .4 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 377 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. E.1 Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . C. F. Questions ABCDEFGH 312.6 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .312 312. .4 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.

5.6 312.5 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Questions ABCDEFG 312.6.5 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Helpdesk Tech (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 378 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.312 312. .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION.6.2 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONT’D) STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Helpdesk Tech (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . .1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.7 312.312 312.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 379 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ETC. 312.

.

unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations.FINAL QUALIFICATION 313 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAME______________________________ RATE/RANK____________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 381 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Recommend designation as a qualified HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). . Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. Should supervisors give away their signatures. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. however. or by observation of performance.

.

WATCHSTATION 313 313 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR Estimated completion time: 4 weeks 313. 313.1 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 312 Helpdesk Technician Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION. .2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 107 Message Text Format/Handling Completed ___________________________________ 25% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 130 Network Operations Center (NOC) Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 383 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.

4 Maintain daily supervisor log ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) AEF .5 Administer and supervise training ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) AEF 384 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.3 Manage Helpdesk trouble ticket log/database ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF . Questions ADEF 313. F. D. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. B. E.1 Assign trouble ticket to help desk technician ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. .2.2 Close trouble ticket in trouble ticket log/database ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) AEF .313 313. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

1 Report security violations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. F. Questions ABCDF 313. B.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A.3 Verify network layout and workstation requirements ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . E. D.2 Maintain AIS hardware and software inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF . AEF 385 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 area comprises 15% of watchstation. . C.6 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Supervise Helpdesk technicians ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Completed . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3.2.3 AREA COMPRISES 8% OF WATCHSTATION.313 313. Questions ABCDEF 313.

. D. B. E. F.313 313.4. G.2 Degraded/inoperable equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .1 Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Questions ABCDEFGH 313.4 AREA COMPRISES 10% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 Loss of trouble ticket log ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . C.3 Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . ABCDEFGH 386 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. H.4 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.

1 Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . F.3 Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .313 313. ABCDEFG 387 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.5. E.5 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. D.5 AREA COMPRISES 13% OF WATCHSTATION.5 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . G. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Questions ABCDEFG 313. C. B. .

6.6 313.6 AREA COMPRISES 21% OF WATCHSTATION.1 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Helpdesk Supervisor (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . 388 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Helpdesk Supervisor (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .313 313.

2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 389 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7 313. ETC.1 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.7.313 313. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .

.

Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. or by observation of performance. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 391 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge.FINAL QUALIFICATION 314 NAVEDTRA 43355-F DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). however. Should supervisors give away their signatures. . Recommend designation as a qualified DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). The examination or checkout need not cover every item.

.

314.1 PQS QUALIFICATIONS: Electronic Key Material System (EKMS) (NAVEDTRA 43462-1A) 301 EKMS User Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions Completed ___________________________________ 16% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 393 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.WATCHSTATION 314 314 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 6 weeks 314.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.1.2 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 311 Media Clerk Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) . .

314 314.3 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) 107 Message Text Format/Handling Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 108 Minimize Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 124 Networking Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 125 Defense Messaging System (DMS) Completed ___________________________________ 23% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 225 Networking Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 230 Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 394 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .

2 Start up system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF . B. E.6 Demonstrate requesting Delivery and Read Receipt of DMS message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF 395 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.5 Demonstrate the proper procedures for FORTEZZA Logon ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF . F. Questions AEF 314. . D.314 314. C.4 Demonstrate opening the Personal Address Book ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABDF . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task.1 Power up peripheral equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Demonstrate different techniques for creating a new DMS message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.15 Perform shutdown of the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF AF ABCDEF ABF ABF ABDF ABDF ABF Questions ABF 396 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.7 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Demonstrate finding the MTS-ID ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Demonstrate Personal Address Book synchronization ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Demonstrate creating an Outlook profile ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.14 Logoff the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .314 314.10 Demonstrate loading and configuring Master Key Plus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .11 Demonstrate deleting the DMS security cache ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Perform daily backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Demonstrate deleting the DMS from cache ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

Input messages manually ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.314 314.2. .16 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Questions Perform the following MD functions: a. Route messages automatically ABCDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Add a recipient address to a message ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 397 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Input messages via automated system ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Route messages manually ABCDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Perform message search ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Add/delete users AF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Perform message trace ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h.

314 314.16 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) i. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Verify completeness of outgoing messages ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Maintain message logs ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 398 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .2. Perform address lookup using DIT Questions ABDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) j.17 Perform the following message processing functions: a. Perform database maintenance ABCF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Verify all addresses against DIT ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.

2 AREA COMPRISES 23% OF WATCHSTATION.314 314. Send signed and encrypted messages ABDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f.18 Submit DMS trouble ticket ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Successfully logon with FORTEZZA Questions ABDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ABCDF 399 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Log MTS-ID of message ABF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Deliver outgoing messages to designated circuits for transmission ABDF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) d. .2.

Questions ABCDEF 314. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. AEF 400 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.1 Process messages during minimize ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. .3 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.314 314. B. E. F.3 Change the system time/date ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . D.3.2 Process messages requiring special handling (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF .

3 Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . D. E.4 Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 401 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.4 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.314 314.4. G. F.2 Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Questions ABCDEFGH 314. B. . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition.1 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . H. C.

5.4 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions: ABCDEFGH 314. Questions ABCDEFG 314. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 Non-delivery/late delivery of messages ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . D.4. B.2 Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 402 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. G.5 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Loss of connectivity between AST and AIS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.314 314. E. . C.7 System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . F.5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A.

403 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Defense Messaging Systems (DMS) Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .314 314.6. ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 314.5 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.6 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.5.5 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 314. .

7 314.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 404 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. ETC.314 314.7.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

Should supervisors give away their signatures. however. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. or by observation of performance. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 405 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. . Recommend designation as a qualified NETWORK OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations.FINAL QUALIFICATION 315 NETWORK OPERATOR NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAME______________________________ RATE/RANK____________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge.

.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 313 Helpdesk Supervisor Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.1. .WATCHSTATION 315 315 NETWORK OPERATOR Estimated completion time: 8 weeks 315.3 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 108 Minimize Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 407 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.1 COURSES: Navy E-Learning: Network + Pt 1 Media & Topologies (14181) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Network+ Pt 2 Protocols (14182) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Network+ Pt 3 Implementation (14183) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) . 315.

B. .2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Questions AEF 315.4 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 210 Battle Force Email (BFEM) Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 315. F. D.2.1.315 315.2 Power up router/switch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF . E. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task.1 Conduct daily backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Restore from a back up device (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF 408 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.

315 315.10 Modify router/switch interfaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Check router/switch interfaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 TELNET/SSH into router/switch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) Perform daily system checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Perform system start up ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Logon the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ABCEF ABCEF ABF ABCDEF ABCDEF AF AF Questions ABCDEF 409 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.6 Logoff the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 AREA COMPRISES 28% OF WATCHSTATION.8 Perform system shut down ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.

B.3 Change the system time/date ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Questions ABCDEF 315. AEF 410 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. C.3. D.2 Change/Verify router port status (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF .3 AREA COMPRISES 8% OF WATCHSTATION. E.315 315. F.1 Reload router/switch configuration files ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. .

1 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.5 System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3 Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .4 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A.2 Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . D.4. ABCDEFGH 411 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Questions ABCDEFGH 315. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. C.315 315.4 Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . G. . F. H. B. E.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.5. G.3 Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .315 315.4 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .5 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. C. B.1 Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .5 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.2 Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG . D. F. ABCDEFG 412 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. E. Questions ABCDEFG 315. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.5 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .

2 STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Network Operator (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6. 413 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Network Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 AREA COMPRISES 17% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .6 315.315 315.

.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 414 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.7. ETC.7 315.315 315.1 NETWORK OPERATOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 316 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAME______________________________ RATE/RANK____________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. however. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 415 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Recommend designation as a qualified NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. Should supervisors give away their signatures. .

.

. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.Communication Security (14805) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 3 .1 SCHOOLS: Journeyman Network Course (JNC) (A-531-0046) (Recommended) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 COURSES: Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 1 . 316.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS.Security Concepts (14804) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 2 .1.Infrastructure Security (14806) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 4 .WATCHSTATION 316 316 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR Estimated completion time: 12 weeks 316.Cryptography and Operational Security (14807) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 417 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

316 316. . C.4 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 315 Network Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 316. E.2.2 Create router/switch configuration file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF .3 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) OTHER: Pass COMPTIA Security+ exam to obtain DOD Level 1 access requirements Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 Save/Copy router/switch configuration file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF 418 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.1 Manage daily/weekly backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .1. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. F. B. Questions ABEF 316.

9 Create group policy ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . modify.6 Add. .8 Set OU permissions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Create OU ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Implement security group ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABCEF Questions ABEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 419 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.11 Create security group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. delete user groups or domains ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) (Simulate Delete) .10 Implement group policy ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.316 316.4 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Modify router/switch configuration file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Modify router Access Control List ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

.13 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Create distribution group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Implement distribution group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.17 Determine connectivity between a client and server ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Reboot LAN servers ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .316 316.18 List/Modify host files ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Change owner of distribution group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Move an OU ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Verify network configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF ABEF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF Questions ABF 420 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2.

22 Verify proxy configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Set River City conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.21 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Verify email configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .316 316.26 Manage DHCP services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .27 Manage DNS services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Stop and start proxy services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Manage WINS services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABF ABF ABF ABF Questions ABF 421 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.23 Stop and start exchange services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.

Create/set permissions public folders ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f.31 Manage Exchange and Active Directory a.316 316.29 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Manage VLANs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. Add/delete/modify/move user ABCDEF ABCF Questions ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b.30 Monitor network status ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Create/implement group policies ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. . Create/implement Exchange policies ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Run Cleanup Agent ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 422 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Add/delete/modify/move mailbox ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c.

31 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) g.316 316. Enable/disable accounts/mailboxes Questions ABCDEF ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .36 Promote a server to domain controller (dcpromo) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .33 Notify Chain of Command of degraded system performance ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .35 Create Active directory sites ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDF ABCDF .39 Verify user security settings via group policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 423 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.37 Create security templates ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.32 Perform remote access of network workstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .34 Load server software in a test environment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2.38 Load security templates into group policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

42 Verify security settings via Resultant Set of Policy ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . C.44 Harden system security ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2.2 AREA COMPRISES 59% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABDEF 316. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. . ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF 316. E.40 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Verify computer security settings via group policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .41 Verify security via gpresult ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.316 316. F. B.43 Disable unnecessary system services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3.1 Verify LAN card configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 424 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. D.

ABCEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF AEF Questions ABCDEF 425 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.3 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.316 316.2 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Reload LAN server ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Respond to electronic spillage ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Perform Exchange Information Store defragmentation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.3.7 Rebuild Information Store ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 Respond to INFOCON drills ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Perform software/security push ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

F. B. Questions ABCDEFGH 316.4 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition.3 Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .1 Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . C.4. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. D.5 Non-delivery/late delivery of messages/e-mail ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH 426 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.316 316. E.2 Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH . H. .4 Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH .

C. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.316 316. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. G.5 EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. . Questions ABCDEFG 316.3 Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .4. F. D. E.4 AREA COMPRISES 9% OF WATCHSTATION. B.5.2 Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .6 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 427 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Questions ABCDEFGH 316.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6. .1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Network Administrator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 428 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Questions ABCDEFG 316.5 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .316 316.5 AREA COMPRISES 7% OF WATCHSTATION.5.6 316.

7 316. . 316.316 316. ETC.2 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONT’D) STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Network Administrator (6 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 429 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6.6 AREA COMPRISES 14% OF WATCHSTATION.7.

.

RECOMMENDED________________________________________DATE______________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________DATE______________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________DATE______________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________DATE______________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________DATE______________ 431 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. Should supervisors give away their signatures. or by observation of performance.FINAL QUALIFICATION 317 NAVEDTRA 43355-F INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. however. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. . unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. Recommend designation as a qualified INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination.

.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. 317.1.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS. .1 Watchstations from this PQS: 301 Publications Clerk Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 314 Defense Messaging Systems (DMS) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 316 Network Administrator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 433 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.317 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR Estimated Completion Time: 8 weeks 317.

4 Maintain Master Station Log (or equivalent) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCF .3 Manage DMS operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF . E. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. .317 317.1 Manage helpdesk operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. D. C.2 Manage network operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF . B.5 Utilize OPORDs/COMMPLANs/OPTASKs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDF 434 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.2 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. F. Questions ABCDEF 317.

8 Monitor operation of all information watchstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .317 317. Questions ABCDEF 317. C.1 Execute emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 435 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. F.7 Maintain overall information security ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .2. E.10 Draft COMSPOT ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 43% OF WATCHSTATION.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. What are the steps of this procedure? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task.3. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.6 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Correct reported discrepancies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Make required reports to appropriate authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . B. D. ABCF ABCDF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF 317.

317 317. E. Questions ABCDEFG 317. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency.3 Submit battle readiness reports ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 AREA COMPRISES 22% OF WATCHSTATION. B. . G.4 Draft IP service request message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.4 317. ABCDEF ABCEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF 317.5 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS– None to be discussed.5 Develop and implement the disaster recovery/contingency plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3. EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. D.5.1 Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 436 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. C.2 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Implement EAP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . F.

ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 317. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.2 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 AREA COMPRISES 13% OF WATCHSTATION.3 Personnel casualty ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 317.6 AREA COMPRISES 22% OF WATCHSTATION.5.6.317 317.1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Information Watch Supervisor (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . . 437 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 438 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONT’D) EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.317 317.7.7 317.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ DATE______________ SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________ 439 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Recommend designation as a qualified COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individual’s training jacket. Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination. The examination or checkout need not cover every item. a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinee’s knowledge. however. or by observation of performance.FINAL QUALIFICATION 318 NAVEDTRA 43355-F COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) RATE/RANK____________________ NAME______________________________ This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. . Should supervisors give away their signatures.

.

301 Special Intelligence (SI) Communications Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 318.1.2 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 301 Publications Clerk Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 302 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 303 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 441 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.WATCHSTATION 318 318 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) Estimated completion time: 4 weeks 318. 318.1 PQS QUALIFICATIONS: Special Intelligence (SI) Afloat Communications (NAVEDTRA 43551-3A).1. .

2 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONT’D) 305 Message Processing Center (MPC) Supervisor Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 306 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 307 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 309 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 310 Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 317 Information Watch Supervisor Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 442 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.318 318.1. .

F.2 Coordinate functions of technical control ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .2 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONT’D) TASKS For the tasks listed below: A.5 Verify watch team is utilizing OPORDs/COMMPLANs/OPTASKs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDFG 443 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Questions ABCDEFG 318.318 318. E. B. C. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. . G.1 Coordinate functions of MPC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task.2.4 Maintain Master Station log (or equivalent) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCFG . D.3 Coordinate functions of Information Systems ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG .

E.7 Maintain overall security of spaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. C.2 AREA COMPRISES 45% OF WATCHSTATION. What are the steps of this procedure? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. D.6 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONT’D) Correct reported discrepancies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Make required reports to appropriate authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A.8 Monitor operation of all watchstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) . ABCDG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG 318. Questions ABCDEF 318. F.318 318. .1 Execute emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 444 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. B.

Questions ABCDEFG 318.2 Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG 445 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.1 Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 ABNORMAL CONDITIONS– None to be discussed. B. EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. D.3 Submit battle readiness reports ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5. C. G.2 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONT’D) Implement EAP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 318.3 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. F. .318 318.3. ABCDEF Questions: ABCDEF 318. E.

5.318 318.2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 446 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.6 318.1 WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Communications Watch Officer (CWO) (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Questions: ABCDEFG 318.6 AREA COMPRISES 25% OF WATCHSTATION.6. .8 317.3 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONT’D) Personnel casualty ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED . Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.8. 317.5 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. ETC.1 EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .

etc. 301 PUBLICATIONS CLERK Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 447 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.NAVEDTRA 43355-F QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) NAME_______________________________________ RATE/RANK_____________________ This qualification progress summary is used to track the progress of a trainee in the watchstations for this PQS and ensure awareness of remaining tasks. Senior Watch Officer. Division Officer. . It should be kept by the individual or in the individual's training jacket and updated with an appropriate signature (Training Petty Officer.) as watchstations are completed.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) (CONT’D) 305 MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 306 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 308 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) Date_______________ 309 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 448 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .

QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) (CONT’D) 310 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 311 MEDIA CLERK Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) Date_______________ 312 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 313 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 314 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) (CONT’D) 315 NETWORK OPERATOR 449 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. .Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) Date_______________ 316 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 317 INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 318 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) Date_______________ Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 450 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.

Operation and Maintenance Instructions for Antenna Coupler Groups OA-9123/SRC and OA-9277/SRC EE130-AG-HBK-010/156-3. (V)7. AN/SRA-57. Communication Instructions Radiotelephone Procedures ACP 126 (C). (V)3. Operation and Maintenance Instructions. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.dmshelp.navy. Antenna Coupler Groups AN/SRA-56. Study Guide: 5th Edition.LIST OF REFERENCES USED IN THIS PQS ACP 113(AF). System Users Handbook EE130-AG-HBK-020/Volume 1. Maintenance Instructions. . (V)8. USC-38(V) Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Low Data Rate (LDR) and Medium Data Rate (MDR) System User’s Handbook EE130-D8-IEM-010/010/USC-61(C). Orientation and Familiarization Handbook Applicable KAO Manual Applicable Manufacturer’s Technical Manual Applicable SPAWAR Operator Handout CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate. (V)18 EE132-AN-MMO-010/AN/USQ-122A(V) Technical Manual. (V)17. Multinational Videoconferencing Services ADMS ST-1000 System Administrator’s Guide. AN/SRA-58. Operation and Maintenance Instructions. Operation and Maintenance Instructions EE111-DA-OMI-010/OA-9123. Organizational. Radio Set. AN/URT-23(V) 451 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS). 8 AN/SRC-54. Vol. (V)13. (V)6. I. Exam 640-801. AN/USQ-144B(V) 2 and AN/USQ-144C(V)2 EE107-AA-OMI-010/E110 SA 2112 CHG1. Shipboard. Operation and Maintenance Instructions. USC-38 Satellite Communications-General. Satellite Communications Sets AN/WSC-3(V)2. Communications Instructions Distress and Rescue Procedures ACP 220. AN/GRC-211 EE150-FE-OMI-010/URT-23E. Call Sign Book for Ships ACP 125(F). Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for the Digital Modular Radio (DMR) AN/USC-61(C) Organizational Level Operation and Maintenance Instructions EE131-BC-OMP-010/ANWSC-3. (V)12. Automated Digital Network System (ADNS). Switching Matrix.mil) EE100-TS-OMI-020/USQ-144B(V)2 AND USQ 144C(V)2. SA-2112 (V)/STQ EE111-AB-OMI-010/P610 SRA 56-57-58. Rev.OA-9277. Radio Transmitting Set. Communications Instructions Operating Signals ACP 135 (E). (V)15. USQ-122(V) Data Terminal Set EE150-BK-OMI-010/AN/GRC-211. ISBN: 9780782143119 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Defense Message Dissemination System Software User Manual DMS Home Page (https://www. (Rev. Radio Transmitting Set AN/URT-23E Operation and Maintenance Instructions EE150-FV-OMI-010/E110. 1). Communications Instructions Teletypewriter (Teleprinter) Procedures ACP 131(F). Technical Manual. Technical Manual.

Volume 2. Multiplexer Sets AN/FCC-100(V)1 and AN/FC-100 (V)1X EE685-CM-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP) (Rev. Systems Administration Manual NAVEDTRA 14182. Module 2-Computer Systems 452 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.mil/misd Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS). Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Quality Monitoring Set AN/SSQ-88/88A FSCS-211-79-13-2B. Operator and Organizational Maintenance for Advanced Narrowband Digital Voice Terminal. Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual. OK-454(V)/WSC EE162-AB-MMO-010/E110 CV2460. AN/USC-43(V)1 through AN/USC-43(V)6 EE160-WA-OMP-010/W106-OK-454(V). and Maintenance Instructions. Shipboard Guidelines for the Use and Operation of the TSEC/KW-46 Broadcast Security Equipment. Module 1-Administration and Security NAVEDTRA 14223. Naval Modular Automated Communications System II. Volume 1. Technical Manual. Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series. Installation. Module 10-Introduction to Wave Propagation. Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series Module 22--Introduction to Digital Computers NAVEDTRA 14222. Information Systems Technician Training Series.ncr. UHF DAMA Operator OJT Handbook. AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual EKMS 1A Phase 4. Operational Procedures and Instructions EE685-CM-SUM-020/NAVMACSII (HP) (Rev. Troubleshooting. . Naval Modular Automated Communications System II. Operation and Maintenance Instructions. and Maintenance Technical Manual. Operation. (NAVMACS II). AN/URA-17F Group Signal Data Converter Model CV-3501B/UG EE163-CA-OMI-010/E110FCC100. TelegraphTelephone Signal Converter CV-2460/SGC EE162-MA-MMC-010/W110-CB3510B. AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual. KAO207B/TSEC Manual Local Battle Force Electronic Mail System Operating Manual Local EMCON Bill/Instruction Local Security Instructions Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Local Subject Matter Expert Manufacturer's MSDOS Operating Guide Manufacturer's PC Operating Manual MDS/MDU User's Guide misd. and Antennas NAVEDTRA 14194. Installation. Operation. Information Systems Technician Training Series. Control-Monitor Group Single DAMA. (NAVMACS II). Naval Modular Automated Communications System II. CMS Policy and Procedures for Navy Electronic Key Management System Tiers 2&3 ET822-AA-OMP-010/P630 SSQ88/88A.EE160-GP-OMI-010/W151-USC-43. Technical Manual. AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual. 01). Transmission Lines.disa. (NAVMACS II). Appendices A-N EE685-DJ-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP). 01).

Department of the Navy (DON) Personnel Security Program (PSP) Instruction SECNAVINST 5510. Section 4 (A). Naval Telecommunications Procedures. Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 21(A). A).36. Receiving Set. Navy Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Broadcast Services NTP-2. Operation and Maintenance Instructions.S. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. A). Radio Sets AN/VRC-12.19E. Section 2 (E). Information Systems Technician Training Series. Operational Risk Management (ORM) OPNAVINST 5100.39B.500 Directory Distinguished Name (DN) and Mail List (ML) Registration Procedures NTP-22.-43. Section 1 (E). Naval Operational Planning NWP 6-01 (Rev. Naval Telecommunications Procedures.-48. Defense Message System Local Operations and Network Management Policies and Procedures NWP 3-21. Section 3 (B). Maintenance Manual.0 (Rev A). Navy (SORM) OPNAVINST 3500. Naval Communications NTP 6 (D).-45. Module 4-Communications Hardware NAVEDTRA 14226. Module 5-Communications Center Operations NCTS 50C1012 OM-V2R11. Navy Information Assurance (IA) Program Own Ship's Antenna Radiation Patterns Own Ship's Antenna Systems R-2368B(V)1/URR Radio Receiver Instruction Manual SECNAVINST 5510. Technical Manual. Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 2. Telecommunications Users Manual NTP 4 (E).-44.30A. -47. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. Information Systems Technician Training Series. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 5239. Section 5. Defense Message System User’s Manual NTP 3 (K). Naval Telecommunications Users Manual (J). Naval Telecommunications Procedures. 2nd Edition Novell’s Complete Encyclopedia of Networking.-46. . Defense Message System. Satellite Signal AN/SSR-1 and AN/SSR-1A 453 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. 1 SPAWAR 0967-LP-541-9010. Naval Telecommunications Procedures.-49.NAVEDTRA 14225. Standard Organization and Regulations of the U. Naval Telecommunications Procedures. Coordinated Submarine/Task Group Operations Manual NWP 5-01 (Rev. Spectrum Management Manual NTP 21 Supp-1. Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100. Navy Extremely High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 2. Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator’s Manual Networking All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies. ISBN: 0-7821-1290-0 NOW CBT NTP 2. Navy Ultra High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 2.32C. Vol.23G. Navy Commercial Satellite Communications NTP 2.1B. X. Basic Operational Communications Doctrine OPNAVINST 3120. Department of the Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Regulation Ship's Electronic Casualty Plan SPAWAR 0967-LP-432-3030.

-40. 17th Edition.-50 SPAWARINST 2700.1. Organizational. Version 2.SPAWAR EE111-AD-OMI-010/P616 SRA CHG 1. Operation and Maintenance Instructions.-49A. Windows. ISBN: 0789734044 454 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.-49. Shipboard Quality Monitoring Control System Turboprep User’s Manual.02A-(3)N Upgrading and Repairing PCs. Antenna Coupler Groups AN/SRA-38. WinNT.-49B. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. WIN95.-39. .

pqs@cnet. Please include the above information so that we may better serve you.mil. .Personal Qualification Standard Feedback Form for NAVEDTRA 43355-F From____________________________________________________ Date_______________ Via______________________________________________________Date_______________ Department Head Activity ______________________________________________________________________ Mailing Address_______________________________________________________________ Email Address ____________________________________________DSN_______________ PQS Title____________________________________________NAVEDTRA_______________ Section Affected_______________________________________________________________ Page Number(s)_______________________________________________________________ For faster response. you may e-mail your feedback to the PQS Development Group at: N741. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. Remarks/Recommendations (Use additional sheets if necessary): 455 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified.navy.

.

Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.(FOLD HERE) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY ___________________________ OFFICIAL BUSINESS COMMANDING OFFICER CENTER FOR INFORMATION DOMINANCE N325 640 ROBERTS AVENUE CORRY STATION PENSACOLA FL 32511-5138 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(FOLD HERE) 457 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful